Autonomous University of Barcelona - idem@uab.es
Autonomous University of Barcelona - idem@uab.es
Autonomous University of Barcelona - idem@uab.es
Create successful ePaper yourself
Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.
Busin<strong>es</strong>s Economics Department<br />
SMEs’ internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s in the context <strong>of</strong><br />
Slovak Republic: Qualitative approach<br />
Supervisor: Dr. Alex Rialp i Criado<br />
PhD. Student: Martina Sojková<br />
<strong>Barcelona</strong>, 22 nd August 2007
Abstract<br />
This study contribut<strong>es</strong> to area <strong>of</strong> the Slovak firms’ proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> internationalization<br />
focusing <strong>es</strong>pecially on country where few studi<strong>es</strong> about small and medium sized<br />
enterpris<strong>es</strong> (SMEs) have been carried out. Using the qualitative methodology adapted<br />
from Yin (1989) and Eisenhardt (1989) provid<strong>es</strong> a better understanding <strong>of</strong> SME’s<br />
internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s in the context <strong>of</strong> Slovakia. Based on six in-depths<br />
interviews, the study seeks to give answers to three simple qu<strong>es</strong>tions: Why?, How?,<br />
and When? firms start their cross border busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>. Furthermore, a model <strong>of</strong><br />
SMEs internationalization for further inv<strong>es</strong>tigation is proposed. The discussion <strong>of</strong> the<br />
findings along with the recommendation to policy makers is included.<br />
Keywords: International Entrepreneurship, International Busin<strong>es</strong>s, Proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong><br />
Internationalization, Small and Medium Sized Enterpris<strong>es</strong>, Slovakia<br />
2
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS<br />
I have been very grateful to have the opportunity to write my r<strong>es</strong>earch work in<br />
Busin<strong>es</strong>s Economics Department in <strong>Autonomous</strong> <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>Barcelona</strong>; the<br />
department with a nice, pr<strong>of</strong><strong>es</strong>sional academics and administrative staff, who have<br />
<strong>of</strong>fered me favourable conditions for my post-gradual study and r<strong>es</strong>earch work.<br />
First, I would like to thank my supervisor Pr<strong>of</strong><strong>es</strong>sor Dr. Alex Rialp for all his ideas,<br />
recommendations, and patience, which he shared with me during the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong><br />
conducting the paper’s writing. My thanks belong to: Dr. Joaquim Vergés, director <strong>of</strong><br />
the doctoral programme, for his pr<strong>of</strong><strong>es</strong>sional approach and understanding; Dr. Bengt<br />
Johanisson, for his enthusiastic and stimulating way <strong>of</strong> sharing his knowledge and<br />
experience. To Alicia Al<strong>es</strong>an and Ton Vendrell; thanks for their flexible and friendly<br />
solution to my technical doubts and qu<strong>es</strong>tions. I believe that all what I have learned<br />
during my studi<strong>es</strong> will be useful for my r<strong>es</strong>earch work as well for pr<strong>of</strong><strong>es</strong>sional carrier.<br />
I would like to thank also to the Ministry <strong>of</strong> Foreign Affairs <strong>of</strong> Spain; <strong>es</strong>pecially, the<br />
Agencia Española de Cooperación Internacional, for its financial support, without<br />
which the realization <strong>of</strong> my study would have not been possible.<br />
Also, I would like to mention the persons who helped me to find the basic information<br />
about SMEs in Slovakia, which was indispensable for my work. My gracious thanks go<br />
to Mgr. Mária Radvanská (Regional Advisory and Information Centre Prešov), Martin<br />
Zbur (National Agency for Development <strong>of</strong> Small and Medium Enterpris<strong>es</strong>), Ľubomíra<br />
Slobodová (Slovak Chamber <strong>of</strong> Commerce and Industry Banská Bystrica regional<br />
chamber) and Vladimír Laššák (The Office <strong>of</strong> Banská Bystrica self–governing Region).<br />
Many thanks also to six entrepreneurs and managers who were willing and dedicate to<br />
me their time, answered all my qu<strong>es</strong>tions and share with me their entrepreneurial<br />
experience.<br />
I would also like to thank my mother, sisters, boyfriend, colleagu<strong>es</strong> and friends for their<br />
understanding <strong>of</strong> my dedication to finishing my studi<strong>es</strong>. Special thank to my flatmat<strong>es</strong><br />
(Gladys, Ambra, Chen, and Laurent) for cheering me up in all situations.<br />
In progr<strong>es</strong>s, I would like to thank to my evaluators for their comments and observation<br />
that will help me improve the r<strong>es</strong>earch work about the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs<br />
internationalization which I plan to continue in the future.<br />
3
Table <strong>of</strong> Contents<br />
Acknowledgements.......................................................................................................3<br />
1. PROBLEM STATEMENT......................................................................................9<br />
1.2. Structure <strong>of</strong> the work................................................................................................................11<br />
1.3. Objectiv<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>earch and r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions......................................................................12<br />
1.4. Contributions <strong>of</strong> the work.........................................................................................................14<br />
1.5. Delimitation <strong>of</strong> the study...........................................................................................................15<br />
2. A REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE............................................................17<br />
2.1. Firm’s internationalization models and theori<strong>es</strong>.....................................................................19<br />
2.1.1. Uppsala Internationalization Model – U Model......................................................................20<br />
2.1.2. Innovation Models – I-Models...............................................................................................22<br />
2.1.3. The r<strong>es</strong>ource based-view and network theory on firm’s internationalization...........................25<br />
2.1.4. Factors <strong>of</strong> firm’s internationalization......................................................................................27<br />
2.1.4.1. Motivation to firm internationalization.............................................................................28<br />
2.1.4.2. Barriers to firm internationalization.................................................................................29<br />
2.1.5. Market selection and mode <strong>of</strong> entry......................................................................................32<br />
2.2. International entrepreneurship.................................................................................................35<br />
2.2.1. Development <strong>of</strong> International Entrepreneurship....................................................................37<br />
2.2.2. IE R<strong>es</strong>earch.........................................................................................................................38<br />
3. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY...............................................................................40<br />
3.1. The explanation and justification <strong>of</strong> qualitative r<strong>es</strong>earch........................................................40<br />
3.2. Methods <strong>of</strong> data collection and sourc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> information..........................................................41<br />
3.3. Case selection...........................................................................................................................43<br />
4. THE STATE OF THE ART OF SLOVAK SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZED<br />
ENTERPRISES ..........................................................................................................45<br />
4.1. Slovak SMEs before 1989 .........................................................................................................53<br />
4.2. Slovak SMEs after 1989.............................................................................................................55<br />
4.3. The pr<strong>es</strong>ent state <strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs............................................................................................56<br />
4.4. Slovak SMEs’ foregin trade during 2001 – 2005.......................................................................58<br />
5. CASE ANALYSIS ...................................................................................................61<br />
5.1. Individual case analysis............................................................................................................62<br />
5.1.1. CASE 1................................................................................................................................62<br />
5.1.2. CASE 2................................................................................................................................63<br />
5.1.3. CASE 3................................................................................................................................64<br />
5.1.4. CASE 4................................................................................................................................65<br />
4
5.1.5. CASE 5................................................................................................................................66<br />
5.1.6. CASE 6................................................................................................................................66<br />
5.1.7. Summary <strong>of</strong> individual case analysis....................................................................................67<br />
5.2. Comparative analysis................................................................................................................78<br />
5.2.1. Why do Slovak SMEs enter foreign market/s?......................................................................78<br />
5.2.2. How Slovak SMEs choose the foreign market?.....................................................................85<br />
5.2.3. When do Slovak SMEs start their cross boarder busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>?....................................92<br />
5.3. Discusion <strong>of</strong> findings................................................................................................................93<br />
5.4. The SMEs clasification..............................................................................................................95<br />
5.5. Model - the initiation <strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs’ internationalization.....................................................96<br />
5.6. Some recommendation for policy makers...............................................................................98<br />
6. CONCLUSIONS, LIMITATIONS and FUTURE RESEARCH................................100<br />
Annex 1 Institutions contacted with the aim to obtain existing database, contacts or<br />
information related to Slovak SMEs..........................................................103<br />
Annex 2 Recommendation letter from Dr. Joaquim Vergés, director <strong>of</strong> doctoral<br />
programme...............................................................................................104<br />
Annex 3 The general guideline for face to face semi structured interview...............105<br />
Annex 4 The proposal <strong>of</strong> the qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire for further study <strong>of</strong> the comparison <strong>of</strong><br />
factors (external, internal) between SMEs operating only into home market<br />
with those operating also in foreign market. .............................................106<br />
REFERENCES.........................................................................................................111<br />
Web-based sourc<strong>es</strong>..................................................................................................125<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Tabl<strong>es</strong><br />
Table 1: The basis information about six cas<strong>es</strong>..........................................................16<br />
Table 2: Innovation models <strong>of</strong> firm's internationalization.............................................23<br />
Table 3: The classification <strong>of</strong> the motiv<strong>es</strong> for firm export ............................................29<br />
Table 4: Characteristics <strong>of</strong> Export barriers according to Leonidou (1995a) ................30<br />
Table 5: Barriers to exporting in SMEs .......................................................................31<br />
Table 6: Comparison <strong>of</strong> Different Frameworks for studding Foreign Entry Mode .......34<br />
Table 7: Chronological development <strong>of</strong> IE definitions .................................................36<br />
Table 8: Regional differenc<strong>es</strong> in Slovakia ...................................................................43<br />
Table 9: Six selected firms..........................................................................................44<br />
Table 10: The review <strong>of</strong> the empirical studi<strong>es</strong> about entrepreneurship and international<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s leaded in CEE countri<strong>es</strong> with the focus on Slovakia....................46<br />
5
Table 11: Brief review <strong>of</strong> used theori<strong>es</strong> in CEE studi<strong>es</strong> ..............................................52<br />
Table 12: Industrial enterpris<strong>es</strong> according to size structure in Czechoslovakia 1930 .54<br />
Table 13: Comparison <strong>of</strong> the structure <strong>of</strong> busin<strong>es</strong>s entiti<strong>es</strong> and employment between<br />
Slovakia and Europe by size.......................................................................56<br />
Table 14: D<strong>es</strong>tination <strong>of</strong> the sal<strong>es</strong> in per cent (data collected in 1997).......................60<br />
Table 15: Firm’s basic information ..............................................................................71<br />
Table 16: Founder’s characteristics ............................................................................73<br />
Table 17: International activiti<strong>es</strong> .................................................................................74<br />
Table 18: Support program for SMEs .........................................................................77<br />
Table 19: The motivation for firm export .....................................................................78<br />
Table 20: The export barriers <strong>of</strong> six analysed Slovak SMEs.......................................81<br />
Table 21: Mode <strong>of</strong> entry into foreign markets..............................................................86<br />
Table 22: The firm’s pr<strong>es</strong>entation into fairs and conferenc<strong>es</strong>......................................89<br />
List <strong>of</strong> Figur<strong>es</strong><br />
Figure 1: The internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the firm .................................................21<br />
Figure 2: Map <strong>of</strong> the regions <strong>of</strong> Slovakia ....................................................................44<br />
Figure 2: Volume <strong>of</strong> export and import by size categori<strong>es</strong> in period 2001-2005 (bn SK)<br />
......................................................................................................................59<br />
Figure 4: Proposal <strong>of</strong> Model SMEs’ internationalization in context <strong>of</strong> Slovakia based on<br />
case analysis.................................................................................................97<br />
Figure 5: Proposal <strong>of</strong> literature review for further inv<strong>es</strong>tigation.................................102<br />
6
Preface<br />
I am conscious <strong>of</strong> uncommonn<strong>es</strong>s preface for such kind <strong>of</strong> the work, but I consider it<br />
very important to explain to the readers the pr<strong>es</strong>ent stage <strong>of</strong> this work and my<br />
personal reasons which had motivated this inv<strong>es</strong>tigation.<br />
The pr<strong>es</strong>ent work has been proposed as a basis or we can say a pilot work for my<br />
dissertation about the determinants factors <strong>of</strong> SMEs internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s. The<br />
focus <strong>of</strong> the dissertation will be to inv<strong>es</strong>tigate which are the factors (external and<br />
internal) positively related with firm’s international busin<strong>es</strong>s and how th<strong>es</strong>e factors<br />
differ between firms operating only in the dom<strong>es</strong>tic versus foreign market(s). The<br />
principal r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions will be: “What factors lead firms to remain operating only<br />
in the home market?”, and “What factors stimulate SMEs internationalization?”. “How<br />
the internationalization affect on firm’s performance?”. Finally, the aim will be made a<br />
factors evaluation according to their positive and/or negative impact on SMEs’<br />
internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
Before the identification <strong>of</strong> the factors affecting firm internationalization, it is nec<strong>es</strong>sary<br />
to inv<strong>es</strong>tigate: 1) Why do firms initiate foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>?, 2) How firms<br />
become international? and 3) When, after the start-up, do firms enter foreign market?.<br />
Th<strong>es</strong>e are three basic r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions, which will help to shed light on the proc<strong>es</strong>s<br />
<strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs internationalization.<br />
There is a never-ending discussion regarding advantag<strong>es</strong> and disadvantag<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
qualitative and quantitative methods for social science inv<strong>es</strong>tigations. More and more<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earchers propose to use the triangulation <strong>of</strong> th<strong>es</strong>e methods (Rialp, Rialp and<br />
Knight, 2005). In order to go deeper into the planned objective and enter in the real-life<br />
phenomenon <strong>of</strong> SMEs internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s, this r<strong>es</strong>earch used a qualitative<br />
methodology.<br />
The engine <strong>of</strong> this r<strong>es</strong>earch was my personal curiosity to do my own inv<strong>es</strong>tigation and<br />
a d<strong>es</strong>ire to gain experience in the r<strong>es</strong>earch proc<strong>es</strong>s. Therefore, through the personal<br />
interviews involving the environment <strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs, the aim was to became familiar<br />
with the object <strong>of</strong> the study and to answer proposed r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions: How?, Why?,<br />
and When? firms become international.<br />
A review 1 <strong>of</strong> the international journals regarding works related to Slovak SMES and<br />
1 This literature review can be found in chapter four.<br />
7
SMEs sector from post-communist countri<strong>es</strong> has r<strong>es</strong>ulted in only a few articl<strong>es</strong> that<br />
focussed on Slovak SMEs and this finding also motivated and strengthen my decision<br />
to make this inv<strong>es</strong>tigation.<br />
Hence, I denominated this work as “a pilot” but, all <strong>of</strong> the effort was directed toward<br />
making it the integrated and worthwhile inv<strong>es</strong>tigation even my first.<br />
8
1. PROBLEM STATEMENT<br />
International / Entrepreneurship is a<br />
contextual and active phenomenon.<br />
(Friederike Welter,<br />
The 3 rd EDP Conference<br />
6.-7. April 2006, UAB <strong>Barcelona</strong>)<br />
The transition proc<strong>es</strong>s initiated in 1989 brought many radical chang<strong>es</strong> to the Central<br />
and Eastern European (CEE) countri<strong>es</strong>. The members <strong>of</strong> “Visegrad four” (known also<br />
as V4) Hungary, Poland, Czech Republic, and Slovak Republic were no exception,<br />
and realized a considerable amount <strong>of</strong> economic, social, and legislative adjustments<br />
with the aim to turn from planned into the market directed economy. The 15 years long<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> transformation shows its outcom<strong>es</strong> as former communist countri<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> V4<br />
became members <strong>of</strong> the European Union in 2004. Nowadays, globalization trends and<br />
the liberalization <strong>of</strong> trade are two <strong>of</strong> the most determining factors; <strong>of</strong>fering new<br />
possibiliti<strong>es</strong> for enterprise development.<br />
There is no doubt about the importance <strong>of</strong> SMEs for an economic and technological<br />
development, as well as for the creation <strong>of</strong> employment (Birch 1981; Storey 1982,<br />
1994; Birley, 1986; Sandberg and H<strong>of</strong>er 1987; Katsikeas et al. 1998; Robbins et al.<br />
2000; Jovanovic 2001; GEM 2003) for both developed and developing countri<strong>es</strong>. The<br />
SME’s sector is therefore a subject <strong>of</strong> study attracting great inter<strong>es</strong>t from academics,<br />
policy makers and practitioners. The new emerging CEE market repr<strong>es</strong>ents an<br />
opportunity for academics to t<strong>es</strong>t theori<strong>es</strong> developed in areas such as Northern<br />
America and W<strong>es</strong>tern Europe (Meyer and Peng, 2005). The economic development<br />
enhanc<strong>es</strong> not only the new firms’ creation, but also their survival, growth, and<br />
development. To expand the firm’s activity into new foreign markets is a promising<br />
way to grow, <strong>es</strong>pecially if the home market is small, as the Slovakian one is.<br />
Therefore, internationalization is not just an alternative that firms can choose to follow<br />
but an critical decision for firms’ survival and succ<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
The year 1989 was the mil<strong>es</strong>tone for CEE countri<strong>es</strong> but the actual economical and<br />
institutional situation <strong>of</strong> th<strong>es</strong>e countri<strong>es</strong> have own specifics which differ from country to<br />
country.<br />
9
For example, while private enterpris<strong>es</strong> were common in Hungary and Poland before<br />
1989, in former Czechoslovakia during the communist power they did not exist 2 . The<br />
emergence <strong>of</strong> private Polish small busin<strong>es</strong>s took place during the 1970s, and in 1980<br />
almost 28% <strong>of</strong> production was associated with that sector (Marková, 2003).<br />
Meanwhile, Hungary started making chang<strong>es</strong> within the communist system during the<br />
1950s 3 (Fogel and Zapalska, 2001), whereas in Slovakia the strong communist power<br />
has had a dominant position until 1989. Therefore, r<strong>es</strong>earchers have to consider the<br />
uniquen<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> each country <strong>of</strong> the former Soviet Union bloc.<br />
There is general lack <strong>of</strong> the studi<strong>es</strong> form CEE market. Peterson (2004) reviewed all<br />
empirical r<strong>es</strong>earch focus on international management and published by the Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, Academy <strong>of</strong> Management Journal and Administrative<br />
Science Quarterly in period 1990 - 1990. Total 124 articl<strong>es</strong> were analysed. Only eight<br />
studi<strong>es</strong> used the sample from CEE, prevailing the Russia (4 studi<strong>es</strong>), following by<br />
Hungary (three studi<strong>es</strong>), Romania (two studi<strong>es</strong>) and one study focus<strong>es</strong> on Croatia,<br />
Slovenia, Czech republic, and Poland.<br />
Only a few inv<strong>es</strong>tigations4 have been focused on the internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong><br />
the SMEs entering into the CEE markets (Nakos and Brouthers, 2002), and in the<br />
CEE firm’s internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s (Smallbone et al., 1999; Uhlenbruck and<br />
Castro 2000). The studi<strong>es</strong> have been focused more on the foreign firms’ entrance into<br />
former communist markets through foreign direct inv<strong>es</strong>tments (Rolfe and Doupnik<br />
1996), entry mode choice (Smallbone et al., 1999; Meyer, 2000, 2001; Meyer and<br />
Skak, 2002) and the privatization proc<strong>es</strong>s (Ivy, 1996).<br />
Clearly, there is a lack <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>earch focusing on SMEs’ cross-border activiti<strong>es</strong> from the<br />
CEE market side. McDougall and Oviatt (1997), Uhlenbruck and De Castro (2000),<br />
and Meyer and Peng, (2005) have identified the issu<strong>es</strong> concerning the<br />
internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> SMEs in the CEE countri<strong>es</strong>, as opportuniti<strong>es</strong> for future<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch.<br />
2<br />
The Communist party prohibited private enterpris<strong>es</strong> in 1948, and all private enterpris<strong>es</strong> were gradually<br />
nationalized.<br />
3<br />
For more information about the Hungarian and Polish proc<strong>es</strong>s<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> transition, see for example Fogel<br />
and Zapalska, 2001:46-49.<br />
4<br />
See in table 10 the review <strong>of</strong> 19 articl<strong>es</strong> related to entrepreneurship and/ or internationalization from<br />
CEE countri<strong>es</strong> mainly Slovak and Czech Republic published in period 1998 - 2005.<br />
10
SME’s is not only <strong>of</strong> importance to academics but also to policy makers. National<br />
Agency for Development <strong>of</strong> Small and Medium Enterpris<strong>es</strong> (NADSME) in Slovakia<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished SME’s acceleration <strong>of</strong> internationalization and its penetration to new<br />
foreign markets as one <strong>of</strong> six aims <strong>of</strong> the support policy until 2005 (NADSME 2002).<br />
The recent published r<strong>es</strong>ults <strong>of</strong> NADSME survey (October 2005b) focusing on the<br />
Slovak SME’s advantag<strong>es</strong> and disadvantag<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> EU membership shows that only<br />
13.7% <strong>of</strong> SMEs increased exports to EU member stat<strong>es</strong>. Only 17.2% <strong>of</strong> the SMEs<br />
found it easier to find foreign partner. Based th<strong>es</strong>e findings, several qu<strong>es</strong>tions arise.<br />
What are reasons that Slovak SMEs remain in the increasingly competitive home<br />
market? What are the factors inhibiting the SMEs expansion to foreign market? Is the<br />
problem in shortage <strong>of</strong> managerial, financial and/or marketing capabiliti<strong>es</strong>? Do Slovak<br />
entrepreneurs consider the entry to foreign market too risky? If y<strong>es</strong>, why? All th<strong>es</strong>e<br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tions are related to three simple qu<strong>es</strong>tions <strong>of</strong> the firm’s internationalization<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s: Why?, How?, and When? do Slovak firms enter foreign market.<br />
The substantial SMEs growth and development are important for regional<br />
development and national competitiven<strong>es</strong>s. Therefore, it is imperative to provide more<br />
meaningful understanding <strong>of</strong> SMEs’ internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s, as the possible way<br />
for firms’ development and/or growth, mostly in underinv<strong>es</strong>tigated r<strong>es</strong>earch context<br />
such as the Slovakian case.<br />
1.2. Structure <strong>of</strong> the work<br />
The r<strong>es</strong>earch is divided into six principal sections. The, first section continu<strong>es</strong> with<br />
the clarification <strong>of</strong> the main r<strong>es</strong>earch’s objectiv<strong>es</strong>, the proposition <strong>of</strong> nine r<strong>es</strong>earch<br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tions. A discussion <strong>of</strong> the work’s contribution as delimitation ends the first section.<br />
The second section focus<strong>es</strong> on the literature review related to the studied problem.<br />
Following the three proposed qu<strong>es</strong>tions; Why?, How? and When? the literature review<br />
is pr<strong>es</strong>ented. The chronological review <strong>of</strong> theori<strong>es</strong> explaining firm internationalization,<br />
the factors affecting firm foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> are helping to clear up the qu<strong>es</strong>tion<br />
Why do Slovak SMEs enter into foreign market?. Interrelated but more focus<strong>es</strong> on the<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tion: How and which foreign market are chosen by Slovak SMEs? is the<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tigation area in entry mode selection, with r<strong>es</strong>ource-based view and network<br />
theory contribution. Finally the r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tion: When do Slovak SMEs start their<br />
cross border busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>? is related with emerging study filed about the firm’s<br />
early internationalization as a new stream <strong>of</strong> international entrepreneurship.<br />
11
The justification <strong>of</strong> the qualitative methodology selection for the r<strong>es</strong>earch, validity and<br />
confidentiality <strong>of</strong> the r<strong>es</strong>earch, sourc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the primary and secondary data, as well<br />
methods <strong>of</strong> data collection are pr<strong>es</strong>ented in the third section <strong>of</strong> the r<strong>es</strong>earch.<br />
The fourth section is focused on the specific context <strong>of</strong> Slovakia with the emphasis<br />
on SMEs, entrepreneurship, SMEs’ international busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>. Based on the<br />
literature review and the <strong>of</strong>ficially available data about SMEs, the chapter pr<strong>es</strong>ents the<br />
review <strong>of</strong> articl<strong>es</strong> focused on CEE market and sheds light on the state <strong>of</strong> the Slovak<br />
small and medium sized enterpris<strong>es</strong>. The chapter analyz<strong>es</strong> the development within the<br />
SME sector, its international activiti<strong>es</strong>, and shows the specific characteristics <strong>of</strong> the<br />
SMEs from the communist period to the pr<strong>es</strong>ent time.<br />
The empirical findings are pr<strong>es</strong>ented in the fifth section. Case analysis is pr<strong>es</strong>ented<br />
in two parts. First, Individual case analysis <strong>of</strong>fers a brief d<strong>es</strong>cription <strong>of</strong> the firms under<br />
study. Second, according to the planned r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions, a comparative case<br />
analysis is pr<strong>es</strong>ented. Based on the r<strong>es</strong>earch findings, classification <strong>of</strong> firms is<br />
defined. This classification defin<strong>es</strong> three groups according to the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> firm’s<br />
internationalization. Based on the findings, a new model initiation <strong>of</strong> SMEs’<br />
internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s with some propositions is developed and pr<strong>es</strong>ented along<br />
with the recommendation for policy makers.<br />
The sixth section conclud<strong>es</strong> the r<strong>es</strong>earch study. The conclusions, limitations <strong>of</strong> the<br />
study and implications for further r<strong>es</strong>earch are discussed.<br />
1.3. Objectiv<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>earch and r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions<br />
The main objective <strong>of</strong> this r<strong>es</strong>earch is to d<strong>es</strong>cribe and propose more meaningful<br />
understanding <strong>of</strong> the Slovak SMEs’ proc<strong>es</strong>s and factors <strong>of</strong> internationalization.<br />
Regarding the internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s, this study’s aim, is to understand firms’<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong> crossing the border <strong>of</strong> national market 5 . Therefore, the unit <strong>of</strong> analysis is the<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> SME internationalization. The proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the firm’s internationalization is<br />
defined as the time period from the initial entrepreneur’s plan to start the firm’s<br />
internationalization, through the entrepreneur searching <strong>of</strong> the possibiliti<strong>es</strong> for firm’s<br />
expansion to one or more foreign markets until the firm actively operat<strong>es</strong> in that<br />
market(s). In linking back to previous statements, the principal r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions are:<br />
5 The activity related to foreign market via exporting, importing, licensing, franchising, joint venture or<br />
wholly-owned subsidiary.<br />
12
Why do Slovak SMEs enter into foreign market?, How Slovak SMEs became<br />
international?, and When, after the start-up, do<strong>es</strong> a firm enter into foreign market?.<br />
The second objective is to develop a model <strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs internationalization<br />
based on the six inv<strong>es</strong>tigated cas<strong>es</strong> for further exploration.<br />
In unity with the preface words <strong>of</strong> the work, the third objective is to develop the<br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire. The knowledge gained from the interviews, entrepreneurs’ reaction and<br />
comments, will be used to develop an considering the different kind <strong>of</strong> firms operating<br />
in different industri<strong>es</strong>, with different organization structur<strong>es</strong>, entrepreneurs’<br />
preferenc<strong>es</strong> and busin<strong>es</strong>s plans, and <strong>of</strong> different size. The clear and easy<br />
understandable qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire for Slovak entrepreneurs will allow for a future<br />
quantitative r<strong>es</strong>earch on Slovak SMEs’ internationalization.<br />
The most important thing for r<strong>es</strong>earch is to determine the r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions (Yin<br />
1989). In accordance with the planned objective <strong>of</strong> providing better understanding <strong>of</strong><br />
SMEs’ internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s and, based on the literature review <strong>of</strong> international<br />
entrepreneurship 6 , the study propos<strong>es</strong> nine r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions covering three broad<br />
areas <strong>of</strong> inter<strong>es</strong>t.<br />
1. Why do Slovak SMEs enter foreign market/s?<br />
RQ1 What are the motivations factors leading Slovak SMEs to internationalize?<br />
RQ2: What are the barriers faced by Slovak SMEs in the internationalization<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s?<br />
RQ3: Do Slovak SMEs use governmental or regional support programs for their<br />
internationalization?<br />
2. How and which foreign market are chosen by Slovak SMEs?<br />
RQ4: What entry mod<strong>es</strong> are used by Slovak SMEs to enter foreign market?<br />
RQ5: What foreign markets are attractive for Slovak SMEs, and why?<br />
RQ6: How do Slovak firms identify their foreign contacts?<br />
RQ7: How do Slovak firms promote itself and their products or servic<strong>es</strong> in abroad?<br />
RQ 8: Is the Internet an important factor for Slovak SMEs internationalization?<br />
6 As it will be explained in capitol 2.2., the international entrepreneurship for this study is understand as<br />
a field <strong>of</strong> study including r<strong>es</strong>earch developed in both fields in entrepreneurship and international<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
13
3. When do Slovak SMEs start their cross border busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong>?<br />
RQ9: How soon, after the inception, Slovak SMEs begin their foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong>?<br />
1.4. Contributions <strong>of</strong> the work<br />
The study plans to contribute to the academic literature, policy makers as well<br />
practitioners in the following five areas.<br />
1. As it was mentioned in the problem statement, there is a lack <strong>of</strong> studi<strong>es</strong><br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tigating the SME’s internationalization in the developing economi<strong>es</strong>. Most <strong>of</strong><br />
this work has focused on the firms’ entrance from developed countri<strong>es</strong> into<br />
emerging markets. As recently Cavusgil et al. (2005) highlights, more r<strong>es</strong>earch is<br />
needed is the better understanding <strong>of</strong> unique workings <strong>of</strong> emerging markets. The<br />
study tak<strong>es</strong> into account special geographical, economical and cultural context <strong>of</strong><br />
Slovakia; a developing economy where a only few studi<strong>es</strong> have been carried out.<br />
2. The study focus<strong>es</strong> on the internationalization <strong>of</strong> <strong>es</strong>tablished firms. According to<br />
Zahra and George (2002), while the international entrepreneurship (IE) literature<br />
has been focusing on the international new venture and born-global phenomenon<br />
(Knight and Cavusgil, 1996; Oviatt, and McDougall, 1996, 1997, 1999; Rialp et al.<br />
2005b), limiting IE studi<strong>es</strong> in such a way may not be d<strong>es</strong>irable (Giamartino et al.,<br />
1993; Zahra and Schulte, 1994). Therefore, the study do<strong>es</strong> not exclude the<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished international firms from inv<strong>es</strong>tigation.<br />
3. The findings <strong>of</strong> this study may be <strong>of</strong> value to practitioners and policy makers. The<br />
contribution for policy makers is related to the recommendations for SMEs’ support<br />
policy programme on a national and as well as regional level. On the one side, the<br />
identification <strong>of</strong> the barriers <strong>of</strong> firm’s internationalization helps identify tools on how<br />
the institutions can eliminate th<strong>es</strong>e barriers or help firms overcome them. On the<br />
other side, better understanding the factors and motivations that lead SMEs’ to<br />
succ<strong>es</strong>sful entry foreign market can be use for firms contemplating<br />
internationalization.<br />
4. The inv<strong>es</strong>tigation will serve as a basis for the further inv<strong>es</strong>tigation work. Based on<br />
six interviews, a new model explaining the Slovak SMEs’ internationalization<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s and the qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire are developed.<br />
14
5. The contribution, which is not l<strong>es</strong>s important as those mentioned above, is that the<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tigation will serve as a basis for my dissertation work. Therefore, the proc<strong>es</strong>s<br />
to obtain more detailed information about firms internationalization, will serve also<br />
for the quantitative r<strong>es</strong>earch<br />
1.5. Delimitation <strong>of</strong> the study<br />
The study is focused on Slovak SMEs internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s. The SMEs are<br />
defined by EU agreement according to size criteria as follows:<br />
• Micro firm to 9 employe<strong>es</strong><br />
• Small firm from 10 to 49 employe<strong>es</strong><br />
• Medium firm from 50 to 249 employe<strong>es</strong><br />
However, SMEs repr<strong>es</strong>ent 99.9% (NADSME 2006) <strong>of</strong> all Slovak’s firms but there is no<br />
available data about the proportion <strong>of</strong> total SMEs with foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>. The<br />
publically available data <strong>of</strong>fer the information only about total volume <strong>of</strong> export and<br />
imports activiti<strong>es</strong>. All SMEs size categori<strong>es</strong> (NADSME, 2004a, 2005a, 2006) have<br />
increasing tendency <strong>of</strong> total volume <strong>of</strong> import activiti<strong>es</strong> in period from 1999 to 2005. In<br />
Export activiti<strong>es</strong> was the situation similar, only in 2002 there was a decrease <strong>of</strong> total<br />
export volume by mirco and medium firms (NADSME 2006). Hence, there is a lack <strong>of</strong><br />
information about the amount <strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs incorporated in international busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong> according to their location, type <strong>of</strong> sector, firm’s size or foreign country <strong>of</strong> the<br />
collaboration.<br />
Only partial and fragmented information is <strong>of</strong>fered by NADSME’s (2003, 2005c) 7<br />
surveys according to which, Slovak SMEs demonstrate low inter<strong>es</strong>t in export activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Hence, about 44% <strong>of</strong> 1,025 randomly selected SMEs confirm their export activiti<strong>es</strong> in<br />
2002. During the period <strong>of</strong> 2001-2004, only 19% from 1,070 inv<strong>es</strong>tigated SMEs were<br />
involved in export activiti<strong>es</strong> (NADSME 2005c). The high<strong>es</strong>t proportion, about 63%; <strong>of</strong><br />
exporting firms, belongs to industrial production. In other sectors, the international<br />
involvement is lower than 30% (NADSME, 2003). However, it is important to note that<br />
th<strong>es</strong>e surveys did not consider firms’ import activiti<strong>es</strong> and inv<strong>es</strong>tigate only the export<br />
firms’ activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
7 NADSME’s study about competence ability <strong>of</strong> SMEs published in 2003 collected the data during 13. -<br />
28. November 2002. Study published in 2005 collected data during 22. October – 2. November 2005<br />
and inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the SMEs export activiti<strong>es</strong> during the period <strong>of</strong> three years from 2001 till 2004.<br />
15
The problematical identification <strong>of</strong> the entire SMEs’ database and prevailing<br />
unwillingn<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> public <strong>of</strong>ficers 8 to facilitate the information about SMEs mak<strong>es</strong> this a<br />
complex inv<strong>es</strong>tigation. Interrelated difficulti<strong>es</strong> are with the obtaining <strong>of</strong> initial<br />
information about firms with international activiti<strong>es</strong>. In dependence <strong>of</strong> the source <strong>of</strong><br />
available firm’s information provoke that in our sample contains firms from only two <strong>of</strong><br />
eight Slovak regions. However, NADSME’s (2003, 2005c) surveys do not confirm the<br />
significant difference in SME’s export activiti<strong>es</strong> according to their location.<br />
The case selection was conditioned by three r<strong>es</strong>trictions:<br />
• Size <strong>of</strong> the firm - since 1 till 250 employe<strong>es</strong>.<br />
• Founded in Slovakia<br />
• Busin<strong>es</strong>s experience in foreign market<br />
The propose was as more different will be the firms according to type <strong>of</strong> industry, the<br />
kind <strong>of</strong> product or servic<strong>es</strong>, number <strong>of</strong> founder, source <strong>of</strong> initial capital and legal form<br />
<strong>of</strong> creation more information will be obtained. This will help in time to qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire<br />
construction, to include the qu<strong>es</strong>tions taking in mind all th<strong>es</strong>e differenc<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The diversity <strong>of</strong> selected cas<strong>es</strong> is pr<strong>es</strong>ented in following table 1:<br />
Table 1: The basis information about six cas<strong>es</strong><br />
Year <strong>of</strong> firm’s<br />
creation<br />
Firm’s legal<br />
form#<br />
Number <strong>of</strong><br />
founders<br />
Entrepreneurs’<br />
gender<br />
Industry<br />
Main product<br />
CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3 CASE 4 CASE 5 CASE 6<br />
1996 1992 1998 2004 1998 2004<br />
s.r.o. s.r.o. s.r.o. a.s. s.r.o. s.r.o.<br />
3 1 3 4 2. 2<br />
Men Woman Men Men Men Men<br />
Textile<br />
industry<br />
Wide sort <strong>of</strong><br />
socks<br />
products.<br />
Aromatherapy<br />
/cosmetic<br />
industry<br />
Bath salts and<br />
oils, fragrant<br />
lamps, and<br />
fragrant dried<br />
flowers.<br />
Electrotechnical<br />
Electric<br />
actuators,<br />
control valv<strong>es</strong><br />
and<br />
pneumatic<br />
elements.<br />
Metallurgy<br />
industry<br />
Mining<br />
equipment,<br />
locomotive,<br />
industrial<br />
vacuum<br />
cleaner, and<br />
agriculture<br />
machinery.<br />
Servic<strong>es</strong> Servic<strong>es</strong><br />
Consultancy<br />
servic<strong>es</strong> in<br />
information<br />
systems,<br />
security,<br />
internal and<br />
external<br />
audit.<br />
Servic<strong>es</strong> in<br />
the<br />
geographical<br />
information<br />
systems.<br />
Foreign capital<br />
in time <strong>of</strong> firms’<br />
creation<br />
#Abreviattions:<br />
No No No No Y<strong>es</strong> Y<strong>es</strong><br />
s.r.o. – Limited Company, a.s. – Join Stock Company<br />
8 The list <strong>of</strong> appeal institutions is add in annex 2, in color are highlighted nam<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> persons whose<br />
helpful advice leads to final identification <strong>of</strong> studied firms.<br />
16
2. A REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE<br />
The literature on firm internationalization is quite extensive. The SMEs<br />
internationalization is a complex proc<strong>es</strong>s, which cannot ignore the findings from<br />
different r<strong>es</strong>earch areas. Such it can be used the knowledge and findings from two<br />
complementing r<strong>es</strong>earch streams: entrepreneurship and international busin<strong>es</strong>s. Th<strong>es</strong>e<br />
two r<strong>es</strong>earch<strong>es</strong> create a base for a relative new r<strong>es</strong>earch in the international<br />
entrepreneurship (IE) and thus also the base for this study.<br />
Steyaert and Hjorth (2003) postulate that “…entrepreneurship is no longer a beginning<br />
player in academics” (2003:3). However, many reviews <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship<br />
emphasize the nec<strong>es</strong>sity <strong>of</strong> the unification <strong>of</strong> definition, frameworks, and approach<strong>es</strong><br />
(Low and McMillan, 1988; Shane and Venkataraman, 2000). Steyaert and Hjorth<br />
(2003) sugg<strong>es</strong>t that: “…there is no need for homogeneity and argue: there is no “one”<br />
entrepreneurship but “many entrepreneurship” in focus, definitions, scope and<br />
paradigms” (2003:5). The different country contexts, educational background <strong>of</strong><br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tigators and their skill made this field <strong>of</strong> the study heterogeneous and creative.<br />
Veciana (1999) analyz<strong>es</strong> the inv<strong>es</strong>tigation <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship in 13 journals and<br />
based on three levels (micro, m<strong>es</strong>o and macro) and four approach<strong>es</strong>: economic,<br />
psychological, socio-cultural and managerial and identifi<strong>es</strong> twelve areas in<br />
entrepreneurship r<strong>es</strong>earch.<br />
The Gartner’s (2001) metaphor <strong>of</strong> blind men touching different part <strong>of</strong> the elephant<br />
expr<strong>es</strong>sed aptly the entrepreneurship’s field <strong>of</strong> study 9 .<br />
Neither r<strong>es</strong>earch in international busin<strong>es</strong>s is new. Over the last thirty years, two main<br />
streams have predominated the internationalization field; the factors <strong>of</strong><br />
internationalization (Cavusgil and Naor, 1987; Aaby and Slater, 1989; Zou and Stan,<br />
1998; and Fletcher, 2001) and the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> internationalization (Johanson and<br />
Wiedersheim, 1975; Johanson and Vahlne, 1997, 1990; Dunning, 1979, 1980, 1988;<br />
Bikley and T<strong>es</strong>ar, 1977; Cavusgil, 1980; Reid, 1981; and Czinkota, 1982).<br />
9 The story about blind men and the elephant expr<strong>es</strong>s how six blind men are d<strong>es</strong>cribing the elephant<br />
as: like a wall, a snake, a spear, a tree, a rope and a fun; depending on which part <strong>of</strong> the elephant<br />
they have touched. The story can be found in Gartner’s article: “Is there an elephant in<br />
entrepreneurship? Blind assumption is theory development, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice,<br />
summer 2001.<br />
17
There have been several proposed models explaining the internationalization<br />
including the monopolistic (Cav<strong>es</strong>, 1982), product life cycle (Vernon, 1966, 1979),<br />
Dunning’s eclectic framework, (Dunning, 1973, 1977, 1979, 1980, 1988), Uppsala<br />
model (Johanson and Wiedersheim, 1975; Johanson and Vahlne, 1977, 1990),<br />
Innovation model (Bikley and T<strong>es</strong>ar, 1977; Cavusgil, 1980; Reid, 1981; and Czinkota,<br />
1982), and the models focusing on firms’ early internationalization (Oviat and<br />
McDougall, 1994; 2005b; Zahra and George, 2002; Rialp et al. 2005a, Jon<strong>es</strong> and<br />
Coviello, 2005).<br />
The inv<strong>es</strong>tigation in the beginning do<strong>es</strong> not separate the firms according to size, or the<br />
time when the firm start to internationalize. Currently this became a determined factors<br />
and the r<strong>es</strong>earch is still in its developing stage. In spite <strong>of</strong> that the amount <strong>of</strong><br />
knowledge and findings published in academic literature and journals help to build on<br />
IE base.<br />
IE emergence is related mainly to SMEs and <strong>es</strong>pecially small firms increasing level <strong>of</strong><br />
international activiti<strong>es</strong> from the inception or in the early stage <strong>of</strong> their life (Oviatt and<br />
McDougall, 1999; McDougall and Oviatt, 2000). Fletcher (2004) founds that 86% <strong>of</strong><br />
micro firms and 84% <strong>of</strong> small firms in UK were involved in international activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Already in 1997, OECD’s observation confirms the increasing number <strong>of</strong> SMEs<br />
involved in international activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
To bring together shortly the important findings, knowledge, and models related to the<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> firms internationalization is the aim <strong>of</strong> following second chapter. The<br />
proposition is to summarize the main them<strong>es</strong> related to studied object in such way to<br />
gain theoretical insights that would, along with this study, help build a framework.<br />
Therefore, the principal theoretical backgrounds are pr<strong>es</strong>ented as follows. The first<br />
four subchapters dedicate to define the barrier and stimuli factors, entry mode<br />
selection, the models and supported theori<strong>es</strong>. Th<strong>es</strong>e topics are related with first two<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions: Why? and How? the firms start their cross boarder busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong>. Other following four sections explore the state, definitions, development and<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch <strong>of</strong> IE, which enhance the importance <strong>of</strong> the time factor in internationalization<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s and support the third r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tion: When do Slovak SMEs start their<br />
cross border busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>?<br />
18
2.1. Firm’s internationalization models and theori<strong>es</strong><br />
We can observe the main impact on the changing models affected by the changing<br />
economical environment. The globalization, internet, fast development <strong>of</strong> technologi<strong>es</strong><br />
and subsequently more changing the customers’ needs are the principal factors <strong>of</strong><br />
changing environment.<br />
A brief chronological review <strong>of</strong> the principal models explaining the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong><br />
internationalization are the monopolistic theory, life cycle theory, Dunning model,<br />
Uppsala model, and Innovation model. To two last models are receive more attention<br />
because <strong>of</strong> their important contributions and impact on the ensuing development <strong>of</strong><br />
internationalization model.<br />
The monopolistic theory belongs to the first theory which attempted to explain the<br />
firms’ internationalization. This monopolistic theory has its origin in the work <strong>of</strong> Smith<br />
(1776) (absolute advantage) and Ricardo (1817) (comparative advantage), which<br />
discussed the monopolistic national advantage. According to monopolistic theory,<br />
firms engaged in international operations can use their factors based on the<br />
advantage <strong>of</strong> production that determined international trade and <strong>es</strong>tablished<br />
advantag<strong>es</strong> in foreign markets (Cav<strong>es</strong>, 1982). The advantage could be related to<br />
production, technology, or structure <strong>of</strong> the firm’s organization. The firm thus dispos<strong>es</strong><br />
with such combination <strong>of</strong> factors which made it a very difficult to imitate for<br />
competency as in home, or in foreign market. Because <strong>of</strong> the monopolistic nature,<br />
even if the firm is in similar environment to develop and gain such advantag<strong>es</strong> take<br />
some cost and so they cannot really compete with the foreign firm.<br />
The second theory explaining the firm’s internationalization is the product life cycle<br />
theory. Vernon (1966, 1979) explains the firm’s internationalization according to<br />
product life stag<strong>es</strong>. In the introduction stage, the new product is produced mainly for<br />
home market. As the product reach<strong>es</strong> maturity, and the production proc<strong>es</strong>s became<br />
stabilized, competition intensifi<strong>es</strong> and the <strong>es</strong>tablishment <strong>of</strong> foreign manufacturing<br />
faciliti<strong>es</strong> becom<strong>es</strong> nec<strong>es</strong>sary in order for the firm to reduce its cost and compete<br />
effectively in foreign markets.<br />
While the first theori<strong>es</strong> enhance the national advantage repr<strong>es</strong>ent by environment.<br />
The theori<strong>es</strong>’ evolution continu<strong>es</strong> with the importance <strong>of</strong> the firm.<br />
19
Dunning’s eclectic framework, known also as OLI model, is proposed and developed<br />
by Dunning (1977, 1979, 1980, and 1988). Firms, have a rational vision <strong>of</strong> obtaining<br />
higher returns by considering the market potential and inv<strong>es</strong>tment risk. Therefore,<br />
firms enter a new market because <strong>of</strong> rational reasons concerned with transaction<br />
costs (Williamson, 1975) and OLI advantag<strong>es</strong>.<br />
OLI model explains that FDI and growth <strong>of</strong> multinational firms can by explained by<br />
three group <strong>of</strong> advantag<strong>es</strong>. Therefore the choice <strong>of</strong> entry mode to foreign market up<br />
on Ownership advantag<strong>es</strong> (related with control, the cost, risk and benefit <strong>of</strong> firm’s<br />
transaction), Location Advantag<strong>es</strong> (recourse commitment, the cost and availability <strong>of</strong><br />
recourse) and Internalization advantag<strong>es</strong> (reducing transaction and coordination cost).<br />
Dunning’s model sugg<strong>es</strong>t when the OLI advantag<strong>es</strong> are high, firm will prefer more<br />
integrated mod<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> entry as wholly owned.<br />
Posterior, Dunning (1995) reappraised the eclectic paradigm and highlights the<br />
importance <strong>of</strong> the innovation and cooperation or collective competition for firm’s<br />
growth and internationalization. Firms may engage in foreign allianc<strong>es</strong> in order to<br />
acquire or learn about foreign technology. The cooperation <strong>of</strong> the firm in allianc<strong>es</strong><br />
giv<strong>es</strong> the possibility to advance innovatory competitiven<strong>es</strong>s. Thus, the membership in<br />
allianc<strong>es</strong> can influence the firm’s strategic decision.<br />
Previous models have limited explication to SMEs and do not differentiate the different<br />
stage <strong>of</strong> the internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s (Rialp and Rialp, 2001).<br />
2.1.1. Uppsala Internationalization Model – U Model<br />
Uppsala Internationalization Model (known as U-model) emerged from the group <strong>of</strong><br />
r<strong>es</strong>earchers Johanson, Wiedersheim-Paul, and Vahlne at the <strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Uppsala in<br />
Sweden. The model explains the firm’s foreign activiti<strong>es</strong> as a gradual proc<strong>es</strong>s based<br />
on the experimental incremental gained knowledge about foreign markets.<br />
Johanson and Wiedersheim-Paul (1975), based on the case study <strong>of</strong> four large<br />
Swedish firms, defined four different stag<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> gradually increasing foreign<br />
involvement, called as a chain <strong>of</strong> the <strong>es</strong>tablishment:<br />
1. No regular export activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
2. Export via independent repr<strong>es</strong>entativ<strong>es</strong> (agents)<br />
3. Establishment <strong>of</strong> an overseas sal<strong>es</strong> subsidiari<strong>es</strong><br />
4. Overseas production/manufacturing unit<br />
20
Thus, the firm would gradually expand to others new markets, each time a little more<br />
distant, in psychological view, from the actual market. The basic assumption <strong>of</strong> this<br />
model is related to risk aversion. The high uncertainty <strong>of</strong> internationalization provok<strong>es</strong><br />
that firms choose the “psychically” close countri<strong>es</strong> for their busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Therefore, the firms select the foreign markets which are psychologically, and<br />
culturally near<strong>es</strong>t to the firm’s home market. The psychic distance is defined as factors<br />
preventing or disturbing the flow <strong>of</strong> information between firm and market. Such factors<br />
could be the language, culture, political system, level <strong>of</strong> education, or level <strong>of</strong> industrial<br />
development (Johanson and Vahlne 1977, 1990). The factor <strong>of</strong> psychic distance plays<br />
a similar role also in the I-models.<br />
Johanson and Vahlne (1977, 1990) continued on the model development and<br />
proposed the model based on the behavioural theory <strong>of</strong> the firm (Cyert and March,<br />
1963) and on the theory <strong>of</strong> the growth <strong>of</strong> the firm (Penrose, 1959). Therefore, model<br />
explains the internationalization as an incremental learning proc<strong>es</strong>s conditioned by the<br />
experiential knowledge <strong>of</strong> foreign markets and the commitment to such markets<br />
(Figure 1).<br />
Figure 1: The internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the firm<br />
State aspects Change aspects<br />
Market<br />
knowledge<br />
Market<br />
commitment<br />
Source: Johanson and Vahlne, (1990:12).<br />
Commitment<br />
decision<br />
Current<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
Johanson and Vahlne (1990) distinguished two aspects <strong>of</strong> the model: state and<br />
change aspect (Figure 1). While the state aspect is the market commitment and<br />
knowledge about foreign market and operations, the change aspects involv<strong>es</strong> the<br />
decisions to commit r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> and performance <strong>of</strong> current busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>. The<br />
basic assumption is that the lack <strong>of</strong> the experiential knowledge 10 about foreign market<br />
is an obstacle for trading activiti<strong>es</strong> on that market. The market knowledge could be<br />
10 Penrose (1959) distinguished two typ<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> knowledge: experimental and objective. Experimental<br />
knowledge, which can only be acquired by personal experience, is viewed as the main method <strong>of</strong><br />
reducing market uncertainty<br />
21
gained only with the experience in that foreign market. Therefore, with the increasing<br />
experimental knowledge, the firm increas<strong>es</strong> its foreign activiti<strong>es</strong> in new and<br />
psychologically similar markets. The market knowledge and market commitment affect<br />
both commitment decision and the way in which current decisions are performed.<br />
In more recent work, Johanson and Vahlne (2003) persist that the learning about the<br />
foreign markets and operation is a critical in the internationalization <strong>of</strong> the firm. The<br />
authors recognize also the need to add another important factor to the<br />
internationalization model, the firm’s network. The firms are operating in set <strong>of</strong> close<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s relationships with the customers, suppliers, other busin<strong>es</strong>s partners creating<br />
the network <strong>of</strong> interconnected busin<strong>es</strong>s relationships. The authors d<strong>es</strong>cribe the model<br />
as “…firms learning in relationships, which enabl<strong>es</strong> them to enter new country market<br />
in which they can develop new relationships which give them a platform for entering<br />
other country markets. (Johanson and Vahlne 2003:98)”. Thus, the firm’s network can<br />
<strong>of</strong>fers the strong opportuniti<strong>es</strong> for internationalization expansion.<br />
2.1.2. Innovation Models – I-Models<br />
The basic assumption <strong>of</strong> the I-models is that the decision to enter into foreign market<br />
is considered to by an innovative act <strong>of</strong> the firm. The Roger’s (1962) stag<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the<br />
adoption proc<strong>es</strong>s and U-model in its initial stage (Johanson and Wiedersheim-Paul<br />
1975) serve as a basis for ensuing I-models development. There has been several<br />
proposed I- models including those <strong>of</strong> Bilkey and T<strong>es</strong>ar (1977), Lee and Brasch<br />
(1978), Cavusgil (1980), Reid (1981) and Czinkota, (1982).<br />
Just like the U-Model (Johanson and Wiedersheim-Paul, 1975), the I-model explains<br />
firm internationalization as a step-by-step learning proc<strong>es</strong>s. The main differenc<strong>es</strong><br />
among the various I-models lie in the number <strong>of</strong> stag<strong>es</strong> and the initial impetus (pull<br />
and push) in starting foreign activiti<strong>es</strong>. According to Andersen (1993) the most well-<br />
know I-models are those proposed by Bilkey and T<strong>es</strong>ar (1977), Cavusgil (1980), Reid<br />
(1981) and Czinkota, (1982) pr<strong>es</strong>ented in Table 2.<br />
There are observable similariti<strong>es</strong> between the model <strong>of</strong> Bilkey and T<strong>es</strong>ar (1977) and<br />
Czinkota’s model, (1982);. and between Cavusgil’s model (1980) and Reid’s (1981)<br />
model.<br />
.<br />
22
Table 2: Innovation models <strong>of</strong> firm's internationalization<br />
Bilkey and T<strong>es</strong>ar (1977) Cavusgil (1980) Reid (1981) Czinkota (1982)<br />
Stage 1<br />
Management is not inter<strong>es</strong>ted<br />
in exporting.<br />
Stage 2<br />
Management is willing to fill<br />
unsolicited orders, but mak<strong>es</strong><br />
no effort to explore the<br />
feasibility <strong>of</strong> active exporting.<br />
Stage 3<br />
Management actively explor<strong>es</strong><br />
the feasibility <strong>of</strong> active<br />
exporting<br />
Stage 4<br />
The firm exports on an<br />
experimental basis to some<br />
psychologically close country<br />
Stage 5<br />
The firm is an experienced<br />
exporter<br />
Stage 6<br />
Management explor<strong>es</strong> the<br />
feasibility <strong>of</strong> exporting to other<br />
more psychologically distant<br />
countri<strong>es</strong><br />
Source: Andersen 1993: 213.<br />
Stage 1<br />
Dom<strong>es</strong>tic marketing: The firm<br />
sells only to the home market<br />
Stage 2<br />
Pre-export stage: the firm<br />
search<strong>es</strong> for information and<br />
evaluat<strong>es</strong> the feasibility <strong>of</strong><br />
undertaking exporting<br />
Stage 3<br />
Experimental involvement: The<br />
firm starts exporting on a<br />
limited basis to some<br />
psychologically close country.<br />
Stage 4<br />
Active involvement: Exporting<br />
to more new countri<strong>es</strong> – direct<br />
exporting – increase in sal<strong>es</strong><br />
volume.<br />
Stage 5<br />
Committed involvement:<br />
Management constantly mak<strong>es</strong><br />
choic<strong>es</strong> in allocating limited<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> between dom<strong>es</strong>tic<br />
and foreign markets.<br />
Stage 1<br />
Export awaren<strong>es</strong>s: Problem <strong>of</strong><br />
opportunity recognition, arousal<br />
<strong>of</strong> need<br />
Stage 2<br />
Export intention: Motivation,<br />
attitude, beliefs, and<br />
expectancy abut export<br />
Stage 3<br />
Export trial: Personal<br />
experience from limited<br />
exporting<br />
Stage 4<br />
Export evaluation: R<strong>es</strong>ults from<br />
engaging in exporting<br />
Stage 5<br />
Export acceptance: adoption <strong>of</strong><br />
exporting/rejection <strong>of</strong> exporting<br />
Stage 1<br />
The completely uninter<strong>es</strong>ted<br />
firm<br />
Stage 2<br />
The partially inter<strong>es</strong>ted firm<br />
Stage 3<br />
The exploring firm<br />
Stage 4<br />
The experimental firm<br />
Stage 5<br />
The experienced small exporter<br />
Stage 6<br />
The experienced large exporter<br />
23
In the Bilkey and T<strong>es</strong>ar, and Czinkota models, firms in the initial steps do not have<br />
inter<strong>es</strong>t in foreign market whereas in Cavusgil (1980) and Reid’s (1981) models, the<br />
firms have active intention to explore the possibiliti<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the international market. The<br />
firm in the first two models initiat<strong>es</strong> the internationalization because <strong>of</strong> the exterior<br />
influence “push” mechanism meanwhile in the second two models is the internal “pull”<br />
mechanism which lead to the internationalization.<br />
The innovation models, compared to the U-model <strong>of</strong> the firm internationalization, have<br />
been developed in different geographical zone. Most <strong>of</strong> the I-models have their origin<br />
in United Stat<strong>es</strong> (Bilkey and T<strong>es</strong>ar, 1977; Cavusgil, 1980; Czinkota, 1982).<br />
There are another three similariti<strong>es</strong> between the U-model and I-models. First, both are<br />
based on behavioural theory. Second, both were developed in the same time period.<br />
Third, both explained the firm internationalization as a gradual proc<strong>es</strong>s. Andersen<br />
(1993) explains the gradual proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> both models because <strong>of</strong> two reasons: “1. The<br />
lack <strong>of</strong> knowledge by the firm, <strong>es</strong>pecially “experiential knowledge”, and 2. Uncertainty<br />
associated with the decision to internationalize” (1993:212).<br />
There is now doubt about the contribution to the understanding <strong>of</strong> firm’s<br />
internationalization <strong>of</strong> each above pr<strong>es</strong>ented theory. The main contribution <strong>of</strong> the<br />
stage models is the importance <strong>of</strong> experiential knowledge and learning proc<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
According to the Coviello and McAuley (1999) review <strong>of</strong> the articl<strong>es</strong> about SMEs<br />
internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s published 11 during period from 1989 to 1998 inclusive, the<br />
stage models have an influence on SMEs’ internationalization r<strong>es</strong>earch and <strong>of</strong>fer<br />
mixed r<strong>es</strong>ults. However, the stage models are the object <strong>of</strong> many critics (Andersen<br />
1993, Coviello and McAuley 1999, Rialp and Rialp 2001, Crick and Spence 2005) for<br />
their limited explanation <strong>of</strong> the SMEs’ internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
As Knight and Cavusgil (1996) state, it is very difficult to build a general theory <strong>of</strong> firm<br />
internationalization because <strong>of</strong> the different parameters that characterize each firm.<br />
SMEs differ from the large firms; in managerial operation, firms’ structure, recours<strong>es</strong>,<br />
style <strong>of</strong> decision making. As a solution to this problem, academics (Andersen, 1997,<br />
Fletcher 2001, Rialp and Rialp 2001, Fletcher, 2004, Crick and Spence 2005) propose<br />
to bring together more theori<strong>es</strong>, because no single theory could explain the<br />
entrepreneurial decision to start foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
11 The list <strong>of</strong> used journals, see on page 230 (Coviello and McAuley 1999).<br />
24
2.1.3. The r<strong>es</strong>ource based-view and network theory on firm’s internationalization<br />
The r<strong>es</strong>earch in the firms’ internationalization inv<strong>es</strong>tigation is based on several field <strong>of</strong><br />
sociology, economic and strategic management, theoretical backgrounds and<br />
approach<strong>es</strong> such as behavioural theory, cost theory, institutional theory,<br />
organizational theori<strong>es</strong>, network theory, and r<strong>es</strong>ource based view. There is now doubt<br />
about the contribution <strong>of</strong> each <strong>of</strong> th<strong>es</strong>e theori<strong>es</strong> to the r<strong>es</strong>earch <strong>of</strong> firms<br />
internationalization. However, the most r<strong>es</strong>earchers’ attention is dedicated to the<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ource based view and network theory as two influential theoretical perspectiv<strong>es</strong> in<br />
recent international r<strong>es</strong>earch Peng, 2001, and Bell et al., 2004). Short pr<strong>es</strong>entation <strong>of</strong><br />
basic assumption and findings related to th<strong>es</strong>e two r<strong>es</strong>earch follows. 12<br />
Historically, the internationalization r<strong>es</strong>earch tends to focus<strong>es</strong> on large firms. SMEs<br />
firm were consider as organization with limited capabiliti<strong>es</strong>, managerial and financial<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong>. Hence, when the reality shows (OECD, 1997) that the firm’s sized is not<br />
limited factor for internationalization, the r<strong>es</strong>earch has to switched from MNCs<br />
(multinational corporations) to SMEs and to search what able to th<strong>es</strong>e firms expand to<br />
foreign market as well as to large firms.<br />
R<strong>es</strong>ourse based view, based on Penrose (1959) work, stat<strong>es</strong> that firm’s r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong><br />
and capabiliti<strong>es</strong> are critical for achieving succ<strong>es</strong>s. R<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> are important<br />
determinant <strong>of</strong> firm strategy and performance (Wernerfelt 1984).<br />
The firm’s ability to expand their busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> to foreign markets is permitted<br />
because <strong>of</strong> the unique, rare, valuable, and inimitable r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> (Barney, 1991). Th<strong>es</strong>e<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> include financial, physical, technological and human r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong>. The firms’<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> are considered as crucial factors explaining the low international activity <strong>of</strong><br />
SMEs in comparison to large firms. Peng (2001) highlights the importance <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>ource<br />
based view for studi<strong>es</strong> in emerging markets.<br />
W<strong>es</strong>thead et al.’s study (2001) confirm the key importance <strong>of</strong> previous experience <strong>of</strong><br />
selling goods or servic<strong>es</strong> abroad to encourage the firm’s further export activiti<strong>es</strong>. The<br />
importance <strong>of</strong> the firm’s actual experience is confirmed also by study <strong>of</strong> Meyer and<br />
Skak (2002). They found that experience is more important than formal knowledge.<br />
Several studi<strong>es</strong> (Autio et al., 2000; McDougall et al., 1994) confirm that in dynamic<br />
environment, how quickly firms learn and are able to adapt is sometim<strong>es</strong> more<br />
12 For more about the r<strong>es</strong>ource theory see for example Peng (2001) review about network see Hoang<br />
and Antoncic, (2003) .<br />
25
important than prior acquired knowledge. Several studi<strong>es</strong> highlight the importance <strong>of</strong><br />
the information (Li<strong>es</strong>ch and Knight, 1999, Hoang and Antoncic 2003) and the<br />
knowledge (Johanson and Vahlne, 1990, 2003) as most important r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> for SMEs<br />
expansion into foreign markets.<br />
Kalantaridis (2004) highlights the importance <strong>of</strong> the financial recours<strong>es</strong> for developing<br />
an international orientation and explains two relating problems. First, the lack <strong>of</strong><br />
finance may hinder the firm’s international operation and second, r<strong>es</strong>triction <strong>of</strong> the<br />
exploitation <strong>of</strong> opportuniti<strong>es</strong> is already identified.<br />
Another importance for internationalization plays firm’s network <strong>of</strong> relationships. Firms<br />
operate in different relationships with their customers, suppliers, competitors,<br />
distributors, competitors, banks, support institutions, famili<strong>es</strong>, friends, .another private<br />
and state agents, Thus it is distinguished the busin<strong>es</strong>s or formal and social or informal<br />
firm’s network.<br />
In 1986 Aldrich and Zimmer argued that the entrepreneur is socially embedded in a<br />
network structur<strong>es</strong> what plays a critical role in the entrepreneurial proc<strong>es</strong>s. According<br />
to the network theory firms are involved in the network <strong>of</strong> home and foreign<br />
partnerships (Johanson and Mattson, 1988; Johanson and Vahlne, 1990; Welch and<br />
Welch; 1996). The classical study in network internationalization r<strong>es</strong>earch is pr<strong>es</strong>ented<br />
by Johanson and Mattson (1988). The authors see the internationalisation as a<br />
dynamic and cumulative proc<strong>es</strong>s in which firms’ continually <strong>es</strong>tablished, developed,<br />
maintained, and dissolved its relationships in order to achieve the objectiv<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The network perspective is linked to strategic decision making. The operation <strong>of</strong> the<br />
firm in different networks helps to gain acc<strong>es</strong>s to r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> and new markets. Firms’<br />
network can drive market expansion and development activiti<strong>es</strong>, including choice <strong>of</strong><br />
market and entry mode. B<strong>es</strong>ide, the networks can both facilitate and inhibit product<br />
and market diversification activiti<strong>es</strong> (Coviello and Munro 1997).<br />
Coviello and Munro (1995) state that the effective firm’s internationalization largely<br />
depends on the set <strong>of</strong> network relationship. Authors found that foreign market<br />
selection is the r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> the opportuniti<strong>es</strong> created through formal and informal<br />
network. Their later study (1997) supports the importance <strong>of</strong> the network perspective<br />
in combination with model <strong>of</strong> incremental internationalization for better understanding<br />
<strong>of</strong> internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
26
Hoang and Antoncic (2003) define the three key elements <strong>of</strong> network which help to<br />
explain the impact <strong>of</strong> the network on firms’ performance: the content <strong>of</strong> the<br />
relationships; the governance <strong>of</strong> th<strong>es</strong>e relationships; and the structure pattern that<br />
emerg<strong>es</strong> from the crosscutting ti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The network helps firms overcome r<strong>es</strong>ource limitation (Oviatt and McDougall, 1995)<br />
and the size-related barrier (Coviello and McAuley 1999) to internationalization.<br />
Lindquist (1997) argue that SMEs rely upon the networks, which facilitate the<br />
acquisition <strong>of</strong> experiential knowledge about the foreign markets.<br />
The networks can help firms expose themselv<strong>es</strong> to new opportuniti<strong>es</strong>, obtain<br />
knowledge, learn from experience and benefit from the synergistic effect <strong>of</strong> pooled<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> (Merrile<strong>es</strong> et al., 1998; Chetty and Blankenburg, 2000). Also Bell et al.,<br />
(2004) consider important the global busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> and the global network that<br />
allow firms to benefit from mutually beneficial relationship with international partners.<br />
2.1.4. Factors <strong>of</strong> firm’s internationalization<br />
Over 30 years <strong>of</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>tigation in the factors affecting the firm’s internationalization<br />
brings overwhelming amount <strong>of</strong> identified factors. From the literature review (Bilkey,<br />
1978; Cavusgil and Naor, 1987; Mi<strong>es</strong>enbock, 1988; Aaby and Slater, 1989; Ford and<br />
Leonidou, 1991; Leonidou, 1995a, 1995b; Morgan, 1997; Leonidou, 1998) there are<br />
two groups <strong>of</strong> factors attracting the r<strong>es</strong>earchers’ inter<strong>es</strong>t. On one side there are the<br />
factors which motivate or stimulate the firm’s internationalization and on the other side<br />
the obstacl<strong>es</strong> or barriers faced by firms in that proc<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
The motivation and barriers factors differ from one to another phase <strong>of</strong> the firms<br />
internationalization (Bilkey and T<strong>es</strong>ar, 1977; Wiedersheim-Paul et al., 1978; Ford and<br />
Leonidou, 1991; Leonidou 1998, Suárez, 2003). For example, Bilkey (1978)<br />
distinguish<strong>es</strong> between factors which initiate exporting (stimuli) and factors which<br />
sustain an ongoing export commitment at subsequent stag<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> involvement<br />
(motivators).<br />
Hence, not only the factors which stimulate or impede to the internationalization play<br />
an important role, but also many studi<strong>es</strong> (Cavusgil, 1984; Ramaswami and Yang,<br />
1990; Manolová et al. 2002) confirm the significance <strong>of</strong> the firm manager’s perception<br />
<strong>of</strong> such factor. They perceive the factors differently, in dependence on whether they<br />
are or are not inter<strong>es</strong>ted in internationalization.<br />
27
Hence, the firms’ internationalization is the r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> multiple rather than single factors;<br />
according to Mi<strong>es</strong>enbock (1989) and Leonidou (1998) only a few factors are critical for<br />
that proc<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
2.1.4.1. Motivation to firm internationalization<br />
The export stimuli, called also incentiv<strong>es</strong>, motiv<strong>es</strong>, triggering cu<strong>es</strong> or attention evokers<br />
(Leonidou 1998), are consider as the most dynamic and critical determinants <strong>of</strong> export<br />
behaviour.<br />
Morgan (1997) considers the study <strong>of</strong> Simmonds and Smith (1968), as the initial work<br />
about the factors stimulating the firm to export. In the initianal works predominant<br />
findings that external, environmental factors stimulate the firm’s internationalization.<br />
Further works also highlight the importance <strong>of</strong> internal or firm’s factors (Lee and<br />
Brasch 1978).<br />
Basically, the r<strong>es</strong>earch continu<strong>es</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>tigating the external and internal factors<br />
motivating the firm internationalization and follow up with the differentiation on<br />
proactive and reactive factors (Johnston and Czinkota, 1982; Leonidou, 1988; Piercy,<br />
1981).<br />
Internal factors are related to the impact <strong>of</strong> the internal characteristics <strong>of</strong> the firm while<br />
external motivation came up from dom<strong>es</strong>tic and foreign external environment.<br />
Proactive factors or “pull-factors” (Leonidou 1995b) are forc<strong>es</strong> compelling the firm to<br />
internationalize. Reactive stimuli or “push-factors” explain the firm export as a<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ponse to the environmental pr<strong>es</strong>sur<strong>es</strong>. In words <strong>of</strong> Czinkota and Ronkainen (2001):<br />
“…proactive firms go international because they want to, while reactive on<strong>es</strong> go<br />
international because they have to.” (Czinkota and Ronkainen (2001:268).<br />
The proactive motivations are based on firm planned strategy meanwhile the reactive<br />
motivation is the firm’s r<strong>es</strong>ponse to the environmental chang<strong>es</strong>. The pr<strong>of</strong>it advantage,<br />
unique products, technological advantage, exclusive information, managerial urge, tax<br />
benefit and economi<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> scale are defined as proactive motivations. The reactive<br />
motivations are defined as: the competitive pr<strong>es</strong>sur<strong>es</strong>, overproduction, declining<br />
dom<strong>es</strong>tic sal<strong>es</strong>, exc<strong>es</strong>s capacity, saturated dom<strong>es</strong>tic markets and proximity to<br />
customers (Czinkota and Ronkainen, 2001).<br />
The integrative model <strong>of</strong> the stimuli factors was proposed by Albaum et al. (1989).<br />
Th<strong>es</strong>e authors bring together all inv<strong>es</strong>tigated factors and divide them in classificatory<br />
28
matrix with four cells: internal/external and proactive/reactive variabl<strong>es</strong>. The factors <strong>of</strong><br />
each <strong>of</strong> the four groups are pr<strong>es</strong>ented in table 3.<br />
Table 3: The classification <strong>of</strong> the motiv<strong>es</strong> for firm export<br />
Proactive<br />
Reactive<br />
Internal External<br />
Managerial urge<br />
Growth and pr<strong>of</strong>it growth<br />
Marketing advantag<strong>es</strong><br />
Economi<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> scale<br />
Unique product/technology/competence<br />
Exclusive information<br />
Risk diversification<br />
Extend sal<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> a seasonal product<br />
Exc<strong>es</strong>s capacity <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong><br />
Overproduction<br />
Proximity to customers<br />
Source: Albaum et al. (1994: 31).<br />
2.1.4.2. Barriers to firm internationalization<br />
Foreign market<br />
opportuniti<strong>es</strong><br />
Change agents<br />
Tax benefit<br />
Unsolicited orders<br />
Small home market<br />
Stagnant or declining home<br />
market<br />
The r<strong>es</strong>earch<strong>es</strong> have focus also on factors which firms have to overcome to become<br />
international; in general call barriers. Barriers, impediments or obstacl<strong>es</strong> faced by SMEs could<br />
be related to attitudinal, structural or operational constraints which firms have to overcome in<br />
the way to become international firm (Leonidou, 1995a).<br />
Leonidou, (1994a) considers, as one <strong>of</strong> the first study inv<strong>es</strong>tigated the export barriers;<br />
empirically the r<strong>es</strong>earch <strong>of</strong> Alexandrid<strong>es</strong> (1971). As the main obstacl<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the firm’s<br />
export in this study were identified: the existence <strong>of</strong> keen competition abroad, the lack<br />
<strong>of</strong> knowledge <strong>of</strong> exporting, insufficient understanding <strong>of</strong> export payment procedur<strong>es</strong>,<br />
and difficulti<strong>es</strong> in locating foreign market.<br />
The literature <strong>of</strong>fers several classifications <strong>of</strong> the barriers. Ramaswami and Yang<br />
(1990) identify four sourc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> export barriers: export knowledge, internal r<strong>es</strong>ource<br />
constraints, procedural barriers and exogenous variabl<strong>es</strong>. Leonidou (1995a) classifi<strong>es</strong><br />
also four group <strong>of</strong> barriers based on two dichotomi<strong>es</strong> external/internal and<br />
dom<strong>es</strong>tic/foreign. Bilkey (1978), distinguished between tariff and non-tariff barriers.<br />
Hence, the Leonidou (1995a) classification is spread used in literature (table 4).<br />
Another classification is proposed by Hamill (1997), who identifi<strong>es</strong> other four main<br />
groups <strong>of</strong> the barriers to SME internationalization: psychological, operational,<br />
organizational and product/market (table 5).<br />
29
Table 4: Characteristics <strong>of</strong> Export barriers according to Leonidou (1995a)<br />
Home c<br />
Foreign d<br />
Internal a External b<br />
Inadequate/untrained export staff<br />
Insufficient production capacity<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> managerial personal/time<br />
Shortage <strong>of</strong> working capital to finance exporters<br />
Limited info to locate/analysis foreign markets<br />
Different product standards/specs abroad<br />
Difficult/slow collection <strong>of</strong> payments from abroad<br />
Difficult to locate or obtain adequate repr<strong>es</strong>entation<br />
High risk/costs involved in selling abroad<br />
Inability to <strong>of</strong>fer competitive pric<strong>es</strong> abroad<br />
Inability to <strong>of</strong>fer technical/after-sal<strong>es</strong> service<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong>/inadequate foreign distribution channels<br />
Problematic transport/high shipping cost<br />
Difficult handling <strong>of</strong> documentation/procedur<strong>es</strong><br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> governmental assistance/incentiv<strong>es</strong><br />
Different foreign consumer habits/attitud<strong>es</strong><br />
Difficult to understand foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s practic<strong>es</strong><br />
Existence <strong>of</strong> language/communication problems<br />
Imposition <strong>of</strong> high tariff/non-tariff barriers<br />
Keen competition in foreign market<br />
a Barriers arising from within the organization, usually associated with organizational r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> or export marketing strategy<br />
b Problems found in external environment where the firm operat<strong>es</strong> (either dom<strong>es</strong>tically or in foreign markets)<br />
c Barriers identified in home country where manufacturing faciliti<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> firm are located<br />
d Impediments found in foreign market(s) where firm intends to operate in future<br />
Source: Leonidou, 1995a:19.<br />
Unfavourable/fluctuating foreign exchange rate<br />
R<strong>es</strong>trictions imposed by foreign rul<strong>es</strong>/regulations<br />
30
Table 5: Barriers to exporting in SMEs<br />
Psychological Operational<br />
Ethnocentric rather than geocentric<br />
orientation<br />
Short-term perspective<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> commitment to exporting<br />
Exporting seen as “not for us” or “too much<br />
trouble” or “too risky”<br />
Fear<br />
Export documentation and management <strong>of</strong><br />
export operations<br />
Language problems<br />
Organizational Product/market<br />
Limited r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> (both financial and<br />
managerial)<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> knowledge <strong>of</strong> foreign markets<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> internationally experienced<br />
personnel<br />
Lack <strong>of</strong> formal education/training in export<br />
Sourc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> competitive advantage abroad<br />
Problems in finding suitable overseas<br />
repr<strong>es</strong>entation (agents/distributors)<br />
Source: Hamill, 1997:311.<br />
Delays in receiving payment and financial<br />
risk<br />
Products may not be suitable for foreign<br />
markets<br />
Foreign market differenc<strong>es</strong><br />
Need for costly product adaptation<br />
Problems in identifying and selecting the<br />
marketing most appropriate foreign<br />
markets(limited r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> for country<br />
screening and export market r<strong>es</strong>earch)<br />
Tariff and non-tariff barriers to trade<br />
Pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> exporting<br />
Psychological barriers are closely related to the firm’s perceptions concerning the risks<br />
and pr<strong>of</strong>itability <strong>of</strong> exporting including an ethnocentric rather than geocentric<br />
orientation. Operational barriers refer to the problems encountered by firms in dealing<br />
with export paperwork, documentation, language problems, delays in payment etc.<br />
Organizational barriers are related with the limited r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> available to devote to the<br />
export effort and the lack <strong>of</strong> international experience. Product/market barriers relate to<br />
the suitability (or lack <strong>of</strong> suitability) <strong>of</strong> the firm’s product or service for foreign markets<br />
and the country selection decision (Hamill, 1997).<br />
As it is mentioned above, the perception <strong>of</strong> the barriers plays an important role for<br />
firm’s internationalization. Compani<strong>es</strong> which are not inter<strong>es</strong>ted in exporting, perceived<br />
the barriers more important as firms inter<strong>es</strong>ted in internationalization (Kedia and<br />
Chhokar, 1986; Burton and Schlegelmilch, 1987). Suárez (2003) identifi<strong>es</strong> four<br />
categori<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the firm: non-exporters, inter<strong>es</strong>ted non-exporters, initial exporters, and<br />
experienced exporters. Her study confirms the significant differenc<strong>es</strong> in the barriers<br />
perception according to th<strong>es</strong>e four firms’ categori<strong>es</strong>.<br />
31
Shaw and Darroch (2004) find that for exporters and likely exporters consider the main<br />
barriers to internationalization are the finance, cost-related factors and government<br />
incentiv<strong>es</strong>. By comparison, according to non-exporters perception, the firm size, lack<br />
<strong>of</strong> market knowledge and experience are the most important barrier to internationalize.<br />
The industry was not considered as an impact factor on the firm internationalization.<br />
2.1.5. Market selection and mode <strong>of</strong> entry<br />
The market selection, choice <strong>of</strong> entry mode (Bradley, 1995; Ellis, 2000) and timing <strong>of</strong><br />
market foreign entry (Gaba et al., 2002) are also critical decisions for firm<br />
internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
It has been argued that firm selects foreign markets according to geographical and<br />
psychical closen<strong>es</strong>s (Johanson and Vahlne, 1992; Chetty, 1999).The basic<br />
assumption for such pattern is the reduction <strong>of</strong> uncertainty entering to psychically and<br />
culturally similar foreign market (Johanson and Vahlne, 1992) and therefore, firms can<br />
increase their chanc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> succ<strong>es</strong>s in th<strong>es</strong>e markets.<br />
Many r<strong>es</strong>earch<strong>es</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the impact <strong>of</strong> the national culture on entry mode<br />
selection (Agarwal 1994, Erramilli and Rao, 1993, Erramilli, 1991). Brothers and<br />
Brothers (2001) find that selection <strong>of</strong> entry mode (cooperative and wholly owned<br />
mode) depends on the level <strong>of</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>tment risk in foreign market. Thus “managers<br />
select more cooperative mod<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> entry in low inv<strong>es</strong>tment risk markets and select<br />
wholly owned mod<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> entry in high inv<strong>es</strong>tment risk” (Brothers and Brothers<br />
2001:178).<br />
However, O’Grady and Lane (1996) highlight, that b<strong>es</strong>ide the psychical and cultural<br />
differenc<strong>es</strong>, much more attention has to be devote to the manager’s perception <strong>of</strong><br />
similarity and differenc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> selected market. Their study confirms the psychic<br />
distance paradox with 80% <strong>of</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>tigated firms failed even with the<br />
internationalization in psychically close market.<br />
The important role for market and mode selection also plays into the organizational<br />
culture, which is embedded in the special context <strong>of</strong> each firm and affects the firm<br />
internationalization. Dimitratos and Plakoyiannaki. (2003) developed a conceptual<br />
framework <strong>of</strong> international entrepreneurial culture and identify its six interrelated<br />
dimensions; namely, international market orientation, international learning orientation,<br />
32
international innovation propensity, international risk attitude, international networking<br />
orientation, and international motivation.<br />
There is no general agreement on one conceptual framework which can explain the<br />
firm’s foreign entry mode choice (Andersen, 1997). Therefore many theoretical<br />
approach<strong>es</strong> can be discussed. Andersen (1997) and Brouthers (2002) observe that<br />
previous r<strong>es</strong>earch<strong>es</strong> tend to rely mainly on the transaction cost theory to explain the<br />
firm’s entry mode selection. Anderson (1997) identifi<strong>es</strong> two limits <strong>of</strong> transaction cost<br />
theory. First, the unit <strong>of</strong> analysis <strong>of</strong> transaction cost is in play, but many studi<strong>es</strong><br />
concerned about other issu<strong>es</strong> affecting the mode <strong>of</strong> entry, used the firm as a unit <strong>of</strong><br />
analysis. Second, too many transaction cost could be indirectly ass<strong>es</strong>sed by<br />
indicators. Hence, studi<strong>es</strong> have had introduce some modifications <strong>of</strong> transaction cost<br />
theory and include non transaction costs (Rialp and Rialp 2001).<br />
Several studi<strong>es</strong> extend the transaction cost theory by including organizational<br />
capability perspective (Madhok, 1997), cultural context (Brouthers and Brouthers,<br />
2001) and institutional context variabl<strong>es</strong> (Delios and Beamish, 1999, Brouthers, 2002).<br />
Madhok’s (1997) study contrasts the foreign market entry decision from the<br />
transaction cost and organizational capability perspective. He argue, that “the value-<br />
based logic <strong>of</strong> organizational capability perspective <strong>of</strong>fers a more powerful,<br />
theoretically more robust and, generally more realistic explanation <strong>of</strong> firms market,<br />
entry decision than the Transaction cost/internationalization theory” (Madhok,<br />
1997:57).<br />
Brouthers’s (2002) 13 cost transaction model, improved by institutional and cultural<br />
context, predicted better the entry mode choice. His study confirms that, the significant<br />
predictors were confirmed with a legal r<strong>es</strong>triction as institutional variable and<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tment risk as cultural variable.<br />
Agarwal and Ramaswami (1992) inv<strong>es</strong>tigate firm’s choice <strong>of</strong> foreign market entry<br />
mode using the variabl<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> Dunning model; the location advantag<strong>es</strong>, ownership<br />
advantag<strong>es</strong>, and international advantag<strong>es</strong>. Andersen, (1997) summariz<strong>es</strong> and<br />
compar<strong>es</strong> the four conceptual frameworks explaining the foreign entry mode choice,<br />
the transaction cost theory, the eclectic framework, entry mode as a chain <strong>of</strong><br />
13 Brouthers (2002) follows the study <strong>of</strong> Kogut and Singh (1988), North (1990), Delios and Beamish<br />
(1999), and Brouthers and Brouthers (2000).<br />
33
<strong>es</strong>tablishment, and the organizational capability perspective for internationalization<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s. The basic differenc<strong>es</strong> between th<strong>es</strong>e theori<strong>es</strong> are highlighted in table 6 14 .<br />
Table 6: Comparison <strong>of</strong> Different Frameworks for studding Foreign Entry Mode<br />
Entry mode as a<br />
chain <strong>of</strong><br />
<strong>es</strong>tablishment<br />
Basic theory R<strong>es</strong>ource-based<br />
view<br />
Unit <strong>of</strong><br />
analysis<br />
Explanatory<br />
variabl<strong>es</strong><br />
Behavioural<br />
assumption<br />
Decision<br />
criteria<br />
Transaction cost<br />
approach<br />
Transaction cost<br />
theory<br />
The eclectic<br />
framework<br />
Transaction cost<br />
theory,<br />
international trade<br />
theory,<br />
R<strong>es</strong>ource-based<br />
view<br />
Firm Transaction Firm Firm<br />
Firm’s knowledge<br />
(i.e. experimental<br />
knowledge)<br />
Transaction<br />
characteristics<br />
(e.g. assets<br />
specificity<br />
uncertainty<br />
Bounded rationality Bounded<br />
rationality and<br />
Trade-<strong>of</strong>fs between<br />
growth and risk<br />
Entry mode Entry mode<br />
according to an<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablishment<br />
chain: a) No<br />
exporter b) Export<br />
via independent<br />
repr<strong>es</strong>entative, c)<br />
Sal<strong>es</strong> subsidiary d)<br />
Manufacturing<br />
abroad<br />
Source: Andersen 1997:31<br />
opportunism<br />
Transaction cost<br />
minimization<br />
Several<br />
classifications:<br />
e.g. Contractual<br />
transfer, joint<br />
Venture, Wholly<br />
owned operation<br />
Ownership,<br />
locational, and<br />
internationalizatio<br />
n advantag<strong>es</strong><br />
Bounded<br />
rationality and<br />
opportunism<br />
Trade-<strong>of</strong>f between<br />
return, risk,<br />
control, and<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Several<br />
classifications:<br />
e.g. Independent<br />
mode, Cooperative<br />
mode,<br />
integrated mode<br />
The<br />
organizational<br />
capability<br />
perspective<br />
R<strong>es</strong>ourcebased<br />
view<br />
Firm’s<br />
capabiliti<strong>es</strong> (in<br />
particular<br />
know-how)<br />
Bounded<br />
rationality<br />
Trade-<strong>of</strong>f<br />
between value<br />
and cost<br />
Internalization<br />
vs.<br />
collaboration<br />
Rialp (2000) observ<strong>es</strong> the amount <strong>of</strong> the typology or definition regarding the<br />
international channels <strong>of</strong> distribution. Entry mod<strong>es</strong> can be divided in two groups:<br />
equity and non-equity mod<strong>es</strong>. Non-equity mod<strong>es</strong> do not entail equity inv<strong>es</strong>tment by<br />
foreign entrant and are <strong>es</strong>sentially contractual mod<strong>es</strong>, such as leasing, licensing,<br />
franchising and management-service contracts (Dunning, 1988).<br />
Examin<strong>es</strong> the internalizing decision <strong>of</strong> export operations inside the firm, with r<strong>es</strong>pect to<br />
their maintenance in the domain <strong>of</strong> the market through several mechanisms <strong>of</strong><br />
14 For more detailed explication see Andersen1997:31-37.<br />
34
external distribution, from a sample <strong>of</strong> Catalan and Spanish (non-Catalan) exporters.<br />
Literature on the internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s; Typology <strong>of</strong> export mod<strong>es</strong>; General<br />
framework on the selection <strong>of</strong> international channels <strong>of</strong> distribution; Methodology;<br />
Conclusions.<br />
Hence, the export as entry mode is due to the minimal busin<strong>es</strong>s risks, low r<strong>es</strong>ource<br />
commitment and high flexibility <strong>of</strong> action in <strong>of</strong>fers the most common foreign market<br />
entry among SMEs (Young et. al 1989).<br />
2.2. International entrepreneurship<br />
“International busin<strong>es</strong>s r<strong>es</strong>earcher cannot afford to<br />
ignore growing power <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurial firms in<br />
international competition, nor can entrepreneurship<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earchers ignore the internationalization <strong>of</strong> the<br />
marketplace”<br />
McDougall and Oviatt, (2000:906).<br />
The strong influence <strong>of</strong> Oviatt and McDougall’s (1994) article provok<strong>es</strong> huge inter<strong>es</strong>t<br />
in r<strong>es</strong>earch <strong>of</strong> busin<strong>es</strong>s organization “… that from inception, seeks to derive significant<br />
competitive advantage from the use <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> and the sale <strong>of</strong> outputs in multiple<br />
countri<strong>es</strong>.” (1994:49). The inter<strong>es</strong>t about this stream <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>earch in the early<br />
internationalization is evidenced by the emergence <strong>of</strong> various new terms for such<br />
firms. Two <strong>of</strong> the first terms are the “Born Global” (Rennie, 1993) and “International<br />
New Venture” (Oviatt and McDougall 1994). Rialp et al. (2005b:135) identify seven<br />
other labels for this studied phenomenon: High Technology Start-ups, Global Start-<br />
ups, Instant Exporters, Instant Internationals, Born-Internationals, Micromultinationals<br />
and Early Internationalizing Firms.<br />
In spite <strong>of</strong> the early new firm’s internationalization predominance in r<strong>es</strong>earch, Zahra<br />
and George (2002) highlight the importance <strong>of</strong> not excluding the <strong>es</strong>tablished firms<br />
from international entrepreneurship r<strong>es</strong>earch. Young et al. (2003) propose to broaden<br />
the scope <strong>of</strong> IE r<strong>es</strong>earch. Th<strong>es</strong>e authors postulate: “IE examination can potentially<br />
cover international activiti<strong>es</strong> or organizations regardl<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> age, size, (private/public)<br />
sector, or foreign market servicing mode” (2003:34).<br />
35
Table 7: Chronological development <strong>of</strong> IE definitions<br />
Year <strong>of</strong><br />
publication: Author(s) Definition<br />
page<br />
1989:388 McDougall “…international entrepreneurship is defined …as the<br />
development <strong>of</strong> international new ventur<strong>es</strong> or startups<br />
that, from inception, engage in international<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s, thus viewing their operation domain as<br />
international from the initial stag<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the firm’s<br />
operation.”<br />
1993:9 Zahra "…the study <strong>of</strong> the nature and consequenc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> a<br />
firm's risk-taking behaviours as it ventur<strong>es</strong> into<br />
international markets.”<br />
1994:47 Oviatt and<br />
McDougall<br />
1997:293 McDougall and<br />
Oviatt<br />
2000:903 McDougall and<br />
Oviatt<br />
2002: 261 Zahra and<br />
George<br />
2003:189 Dimitratos and<br />
Plakoyiannaki<br />
2004:296<br />
2004:302<br />
Fletcher<br />
2005b:540 Oviatt and<br />
McDougall<br />
Author’s elaboration.<br />
"…a busin<strong>es</strong>s organization that, from inception,<br />
seeks to derive significant competitive advantage<br />
from the use <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> and sale <strong>of</strong> outputs in<br />
multiple countri<strong>es</strong>."<br />
“… as a new and innovative activiti<strong>es</strong> that have the<br />
goal <strong>of</strong> value creation and growth in busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
organizations across national boarders. “<br />
"…a combination <strong>of</strong> innovative, proactive, and riskseeking<br />
behaviour that cross<strong>es</strong> or is compared<br />
across national borders and is intended to create<br />
value in busin<strong>es</strong>s organizations.”<br />
“the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> creatively discovering and exploiting<br />
opportuniti<strong>es</strong> that lie outside a firm’s dom<strong>es</strong>tic<br />
markets in the pursuit <strong>of</strong> competitive advantage,”<br />
“IE is an organization-wide proc<strong>es</strong>s which is<br />
embedded in the organizational culture <strong>of</strong> the firm<br />
and which seeks thought the exploitation <strong>of</strong><br />
opportuniti<strong>es</strong> in the international marketplace to<br />
generate value.”<br />
“…the creative enactment and envisioning <strong>of</strong> future<br />
scenarios and opportuniti<strong>es</strong> for<br />
service/product/organizational transformation those<br />
are socially constructed and realized through joint<br />
cross border co-ordinations.”<br />
“IE is a heavily contextualized and socially<br />
constructed activity that occurs thought joint crossboarder<br />
co-ordinations.”<br />
“IE is the discovery, enactment, evaluation and<br />
exploitation <strong>of</strong> opportuniti<strong>es</strong> – across national<br />
borders- to create future goods and servic<strong>es</strong>.”<br />
36
Table 7 summariz<strong>es</strong> the chronological development <strong>of</strong> IE definitions. According to<br />
Crick and Spence (2005) and Fletcher (2004); the most cited definition <strong>of</strong> the IE is the<br />
one proposed by McDougall and Oviatt (2000). The authors propose that IE is “… a<br />
combination <strong>of</strong> innovative, proactive and risk-seeking behaviour that cross<strong>es</strong> national<br />
boarders and is intended to create value in organizations.” (McDougall and Oviatt,<br />
2000:903).<br />
2.2.1. Development <strong>of</strong> International Entrepreneurship<br />
According to Veciana (1999:13) a new stream <strong>of</strong> study emerged when three<br />
conditions are met:<br />
1) The group <strong>of</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>tigators starts to be inter<strong>es</strong>ted in one new stream <strong>of</strong> study,<br />
2) The group starts to organize congr<strong>es</strong>s<strong>es</strong> and conferenc<strong>es</strong> related to the topic<br />
<strong>of</strong> inter<strong>es</strong>t,<br />
3) It launch<strong>es</strong> special journal with the publication related to new topic <strong>of</strong> study.<br />
As can be observed from the following brief chronological development <strong>of</strong> IE, all above<br />
mentioned conditions are fulfilled and IE becom<strong>es</strong> the field in which scholars from<br />
around the world are inter<strong>es</strong>ted in (Fletcher, 2004; gu<strong>es</strong>t editorial <strong>of</strong> IBR, 2005; Crick<br />
and Spence, 2005).<br />
1988 – According to Zahra and George (2002), the term International<br />
Entrepreneurship appeared the first time in Morrow’s article. Morrow<br />
discuss<strong>es</strong> the age <strong>of</strong> the international entrepreneur and highlights the<br />
technological advanc<strong>es</strong> and cultural awaren<strong>es</strong>s to open the foreign market<br />
to new ventur<strong>es</strong> or <strong>es</strong>tablished firms.<br />
1994 – Oviatt and McDougall published the article “Toward a theory <strong>of</strong> international<br />
new ventur<strong>es</strong>” which was awarded as 2004 decade award winning article <strong>of</strong><br />
Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>.<br />
1996 – Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice published special issue focus<strong>es</strong> on<br />
IE (Summer 1996).<br />
1998 – The first McGill conferenc<strong>es</strong> on international entrepreneurship held by<br />
Hamid Etemand and Richard Wright. In the conference related to<br />
Globalization and Emerging Busin<strong>es</strong>s: Strategi<strong>es</strong> for 21 st century where 30<br />
papers related with IE were pr<strong>es</strong>ented.<br />
37
2000 – Academy <strong>of</strong> Management Journal (vol.43, 5) dedicat<strong>es</strong> the special r<strong>es</strong>earch<br />
forum on international entrepreneurship.<br />
2003 – In March, Publisher Kluwer launched a new journal: Journal <strong>of</strong> international<br />
entrepreneurship.<br />
2004 – The important handbook <strong>of</strong> IE field is edited by Léo-Paul Dana – Handbook<br />
<strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>earch on international entrepreneurship.<br />
2005 – Management International Review published special issue focused on the<br />
internationalization <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship (vol.45, 3). The articl<strong>es</strong> were<br />
selected from papers pr<strong>es</strong>ented in third McGill Biennial International<br />
Entrepreneurship Conference. (www.mcgill.ca/mie/)<br />
2006- International Marketing Review the vol 23 issue 5 dedicate to the special issue<br />
to IE.<br />
Wright and Ricks (1994) consider IE as one <strong>of</strong> the three main emerging r<strong>es</strong>earch lin<strong>es</strong><br />
in the field <strong>of</strong> international busin<strong>es</strong>s. Also, Lu and Beamish (2001) and Zahra and<br />
George (2002) note the relevance <strong>of</strong> international phenomenon in strategic<br />
management, international busin<strong>es</strong>s and entrepreneurship. The principal theoretical<br />
ground <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>earch is pr<strong>es</strong>ented in following chapter.<br />
2.2.2. IE R<strong>es</strong>earch<br />
Neverthel<strong>es</strong>s, 18 years <strong>of</strong> scholars’ accelerated and intensive inter<strong>es</strong>t in IE r<strong>es</strong>earch,<br />
IE is still in its infancy and the boundari<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> IE field (McDougall and Oviatt, 2000; Acs,<br />
Dana and Jon<strong>es</strong>, 2003) and a commonly understood IE vocabulary (Coviello and<br />
Jon<strong>es</strong> 2004) are not clearly and defined<br />
Dimitratos and Plakoyiannaki (2003) develop a conceptual framework <strong>of</strong> international<br />
entrepreneurial culture and identified its six interrelated dimension namely<br />
international market orientation, international learning orientation, international<br />
innovation propensity, international risk attitude, international networking orientation,<br />
and international motivation.<br />
Some authors make the effort to define the field <strong>of</strong> IE r<strong>es</strong>earch. For instance (Zahra<br />
and George, 2002) propose to answer the qu<strong>es</strong>tion: “What mak<strong>es</strong> international<br />
entrepreneurship a distinct area <strong>of</strong> scholarly inquiry?”. Young et al. (2003) seek to<br />
contribute to the discussion <strong>of</strong> the featur<strong>es</strong> and boundari<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> IE r<strong>es</strong>earch and<br />
38
propose additions to the predominant r<strong>es</strong>ource based view and network perspective <strong>of</strong><br />
four aspects from international studi<strong>es</strong>: the critique <strong>of</strong> international busin<strong>es</strong>s theori<strong>es</strong>,<br />
the role <strong>of</strong> environment for international entrepreneurial firms, the importance <strong>of</strong> an<br />
institutional approach, and multinational and the role <strong>of</strong> subsidiari<strong>es</strong>. Also, Jon<strong>es</strong> and<br />
Coviello (2005) in a similar vein discuss the core concepts common to<br />
internationalization and entrepreneurship r<strong>es</strong>earch.<br />
The r<strong>es</strong>earchers’ effort leads to the development <strong>of</strong> some models <strong>of</strong> international<br />
entrepreneurship as: an integrative model <strong>of</strong> small firm internationalization by Bell et<br />
al. (2003:350), a general model <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurial internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s by<br />
Jon<strong>es</strong> and Coviello (2005:293), a model <strong>of</strong> forc<strong>es</strong> influencing internationalization<br />
speed by Oviatt and McDougall (2005b:541), and an exploratory r<strong>es</strong>ource-based<br />
model <strong>of</strong> early internationalizing firms by Rialp et al. (2005a:161).<br />
Related to further areas <strong>of</strong> IE study, two propositions have been made. First,<br />
McDougall and Oviatt (1997) defined the eight groups <strong>of</strong> inter<strong>es</strong>t within IE area. The<br />
pr<strong>es</strong>ent study will contribute to three <strong>of</strong> /in bold font/.<br />
• Cooperative allianc<strong>es</strong>,<br />
• Corporate entrepreneurship<br />
• Economic development initiativ<strong>es</strong><br />
• Entrepreneur characteristics and motivations,<br />
• Exporting and other entry mod<strong>es</strong><br />
• New ventur<strong>es</strong> and initial public <strong>of</strong>ferings (IPOs)<br />
• Transitioning economi<strong>es</strong><br />
• Venture financing<br />
Second, Zahra and George (2002) str<strong>es</strong>s the need to inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the international<br />
entrepreneurship proc<strong>es</strong>s. The fundamental qu<strong>es</strong>tion for this stream, authors define it<br />
as: “How, why, and when do entrepreneurial firms discover and exploit the<br />
opportuniti<strong>es</strong> outside their home country” (2002:278). B<strong>es</strong>ide the international<br />
entrepreneurship, proc<strong>es</strong>s authors propose two other areas for future exploration: the<br />
context <strong>of</strong> international entrepreneurship, and the post-internationalization agenda.<br />
In spite <strong>of</strong> relative newn<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the r<strong>es</strong>earch area several inter<strong>es</strong>ting reviews are published, for<br />
more see Rialp et al. (2005a) .<br />
39
3. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY<br />
The chapter is divided into four parts. The first explains the use <strong>of</strong> qualitative<br />
methodology for the r<strong>es</strong>earch, justifi<strong>es</strong> the validity and confidentiality <strong>of</strong> the r<strong>es</strong>earch,<br />
second d<strong>es</strong>crib<strong>es</strong> the methods <strong>of</strong> data collection and the sourc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> primary and<br />
secondary data, and third pr<strong>es</strong>ents the case selection.<br />
3.1. The explanation and justification <strong>of</strong> qualitative r<strong>es</strong>earch<br />
The study planned to gain insight into three r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tion “How”, “Why” and<br />
“When” the Slovak SMEs start their international busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>. According to Yin<br />
(1989) the case study is an appropriate tool for studying the “how” or ‘why’ qu<strong>es</strong>tion.<br />
Author also identifi<strong>es</strong> three conditions when the case study is appropriate for r<strong>es</strong>earch.<br />
First, existing theori<strong>es</strong> for explaining current phenomena, seem to be inadequate or<br />
incomplete (Slovakia is a different geographical, historical, cultural and economical<br />
context 15 ). Second, multiple data collection and analytic methods should be applied<br />
(the secondary data about cas<strong>es</strong> are included); and third, cross-industry bias<strong>es</strong>, small<br />
size <strong>of</strong> sampl<strong>es</strong>, and r<strong>es</strong>istance to survey methods could cause crucial empirical<br />
problems (Yin 1989:xi).<br />
The qualitative approach is appropriate for study which aim is to gain insights, provide<br />
a better understanding and d<strong>es</strong>cribing <strong>of</strong> the phenomena, which would help to build a<br />
framework rather then to t<strong>es</strong>t one (Eisenhardt, 1989; Volery 2004). Meyer (2000)<br />
highlights the importance for studi<strong>es</strong> leaded in transition countri<strong>es</strong> the case-based<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch because can help to identify the relevance <strong>of</strong> variabl<strong>es</strong> and provide new<br />
insights into the causal relationship between them.<br />
The case study allows data analysis from multiple perspectiv<strong>es</strong> rather than the<br />
influence <strong>of</strong> a single variable (Chetty, 1996). Thus, the study inv<strong>es</strong>tigat<strong>es</strong> the proc<strong>es</strong>s<br />
<strong>of</strong> firm internationalization considering the various theoretical perspective and findings<br />
from international busin<strong>es</strong>s, entrepreneurship, IE, network and recourse based view.<br />
Considering the objectiv<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the study, study’s context, r<strong>es</strong>earcher’s knowledge about<br />
studied object and recommendations from small r<strong>es</strong>earch in r<strong>es</strong>earch literature<br />
review 16 about r<strong>es</strong>earch methodology the multiple-case methods is applied. A multiple<br />
15 See the historical development <strong>of</strong> Slovakia capitol 4.<br />
16 The decision to apply the qualitative methodology was supported by: Eisenhardt 1989, Yin 1989,<br />
Morgan 1980, Carson and Coviello 1996, Chetty 1996, Gartner and Birley 2002, Perren and Ram<br />
2004, Peterson 2004, Volery 2004:788-791, Jennings, Perren and Carter 2005, Cavusgil, Deligonul<br />
and Yaprak 2005: 10-15.<br />
40
case d<strong>es</strong>ign rather than single case is considered as more appropriate to help gain<br />
insight <strong>of</strong> internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> SMEs in context <strong>of</strong> Slovakia. Multiple-case<br />
approach enabl<strong>es</strong> to identify the similariti<strong>es</strong> and differenc<strong>es</strong> within cas<strong>es</strong> as well as<br />
between groups <strong>of</strong> cas<strong>es</strong> (Eisenhardt, 1989, Yin, 1989).<br />
In order, to ensure the credibility and the reliability <strong>of</strong> the r<strong>es</strong>earch findings, all<br />
interviews were recorded and transcribed verbatim. The transcriptions from the face to<br />
face interviews were used for the narrative d<strong>es</strong>cription to reconstruct the biographic<br />
history <strong>of</strong> each firm and analysis <strong>of</strong> the firms’ internationalization using the method <strong>of</strong><br />
pattern-matching (Yin, 1989).<br />
The use <strong>of</strong> multiple source <strong>of</strong> evidence about studied objects as personal interviews,<br />
newspapers, firm’s web page, internet, and information from support policy institutions<br />
is used to enhanced the credibility and as well as construct validity (Yin, 1989).<br />
In cas<strong>es</strong> analysis are used the citations <strong>of</strong> the interviewe<strong>es</strong>, what is another method<br />
how to enhance the credibility proposed by Mil<strong>es</strong> and Huberman (1994).<br />
Additionally following Eisenhardt (1989) sugg<strong>es</strong>tion, in time to data analysis, the effort<br />
was put to look at the collected data in many different ways and try to go beyond <strong>of</strong><br />
the initial impr<strong>es</strong>sion.<br />
3.2. Methods <strong>of</strong> data collection and sourc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> information<br />
The search for available information about SMEs for this study started in March 2005.<br />
The list <strong>of</strong> addr<strong>es</strong>sed organization is attached in the annex 1. B<strong>es</strong>ide some exception,<br />
there were perceived prevailing unwillingn<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> public <strong>of</strong>ficers to <strong>of</strong>fer the required<br />
information about SMEs. Hence, thanks to Mgr. Mária Radvanská (Regional Advisory<br />
and Information Centre Prešov), Ing. Ľubomíra Slobodová (Slovak Chamber <strong>of</strong><br />
Commerce and Industry Banská Bystrica regional chamber), and Ing. Vladimír Laššák<br />
(The Office <strong>of</strong> Banská Bystrica self–governing Region), finally was obtained the<br />
information, which helped identify and contact suitable firms for this r<strong>es</strong>earch.<br />
In November 2005, eleven SMEs with international busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>, were asked via<br />
e-mail to participate in the r<strong>es</strong>earch study. To enhance the importance <strong>of</strong> the r<strong>es</strong>earch<br />
and to encourage the entrepreneurs in the collaboration, the recommendation<br />
lettercard from Dr. Joaquim Vergés, director <strong>of</strong> the doctoral programme, (see annex 3)<br />
was attached. On the top <strong>of</strong> this, three <strong>of</strong> the firms were sent a letter with second<br />
requ<strong>es</strong>t via mail. Finally, six <strong>of</strong> th<strong>es</strong>e firms confirm their assistance on this<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tigation.<br />
41
According to Yin (1989) sugg<strong>es</strong>tion, the study is based on the multiple source <strong>of</strong><br />
information. The secondary and primary data are used. Before the personal<br />
interviews, the secondary data about the selected cas<strong>es</strong> were obtained from RPIC<br />
Prešov, internet searching and propagation material relating with the studied SMEs.<br />
The www.google.sk, www.zoznam.sk, and www.atlas.sk were used to find initial<br />
information about th<strong>es</strong>e firms. The importance <strong>of</strong> the secondary data was to be<br />
prepared for interviews and to become a more familiar with the firms and with their<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Regarding to planned r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions and the primary data, the general guideline<br />
for interview was originally composed in Slovak. The proposal for interview was<br />
discussed first with Mária Radvanská who has a personal experience with SMEs and<br />
after final instrument was translated into English and discussed with Dr. Alex Rialp,<br />
the supervisor, The aim was to prepare easy understandable qu<strong>es</strong>tions for the<br />
interview, which will help gain insights regarding the proposed objectiv<strong>es</strong>. The final<br />
general guideline for the interview is pr<strong>es</strong>ented in annex 4.<br />
The most used methods <strong>of</strong> data collection for case analys<strong>es</strong> is interview confirm the<br />
recent published studi<strong>es</strong> for example Peterson (2004), Rialp et al. (2005a), Coviello<br />
(2006). Peterson (2004) highlights the importance <strong>of</strong> personal interviews: “…I much<br />
prefer to meet my r<strong>es</strong>pondent face to face rather than rely on statistical analys<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> a<br />
large number <strong>of</strong> surveys and qu<strong>es</strong>tionnair<strong>es</strong>. The nature <strong>of</strong> the semi-structured<br />
interview allows the r<strong>es</strong>earchers to ask each interviewee <strong>es</strong>sentially the same set <strong>of</strong><br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tions, but also allows the interviewee to share insights on topics or issu<strong>es</strong> that<br />
would never come up using only surveys. (Peterson 2004:34).”<br />
During November 2005 and January 2006 six face to face interviews were leaded with<br />
the owners in the case 1, 2, 3, 6 and with commercial managers in the case 4 and 5.<br />
All interviewed persons were in the firm from its inception.<br />
Each personal interview was personally conducted by the author and took between<br />
two and two hour and half. All interviews were recorded with the aid <strong>of</strong> an MP3 and<br />
posterior transcript. The word-by-word transcription reached 124 <strong>of</strong> pag<strong>es</strong>. Both, the<br />
interviews and transcription were realized in r<strong>es</strong>earcher’s native language (Slovak).<br />
42
3.3. Case selection<br />
In order to ensure sufficient cas<strong>es</strong> for the replication, analys<strong>es</strong> and pattern matching<br />
the six firms were selected. There is no ideal number <strong>of</strong> cas<strong>es</strong> for multiple-case<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch (Eisenhardt, 1989). The six cas<strong>es</strong> are adequate according the Eisenhardt<br />
(1989) sugg<strong>es</strong>tion that the multiple case r<strong>es</strong>earch<strong>es</strong> require between four and ten<br />
cas<strong>es</strong>. According to Zahra and George (2002) definition IE r<strong>es</strong>earch embraced also<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished firms.<br />
The main two criterions for case selection were the size and international busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong>. The firm’s size must fulfil the definition for SMEs (between 1 and 250<br />
employe<strong>es</strong>) and firm’s international busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> must be earlier or from<br />
inception. Other criterions were to have firms from different geographical zon<strong>es</strong>,<br />
different type <strong>of</strong> industri<strong>es</strong>, with different source <strong>of</strong> initial capital and different legal<br />
forms <strong>of</strong> firm’s creation.<br />
Just for general view, it is bring the comparison <strong>of</strong> Slovak regional differenc<strong>es</strong> in<br />
population, unemployment and SMEs divided to self-employment and Small trade<br />
license (Table 8).<br />
Table 8: Regional differenc<strong>es</strong> in Slovakia<br />
Region<br />
Population<br />
in %<br />
Unemployment<br />
2005 in % as Small<br />
Trade<br />
Licens<strong>es</strong><br />
SMEs’ Busin<strong>es</strong>s entiti<strong>es</strong> in<br />
% by region in 2005<br />
as a self<br />
employment<br />
SMEs per 1000 earning<br />
individuals in 2005<br />
as Small<br />
Trade<br />
Licens<strong>es</strong><br />
as Legal<br />
Entiti<strong>es</strong><br />
Bratislava 11.2 2.9 30.4 16.5 76.8 172.1<br />
Trnava 10.3 7.1 9.2 10.9 26.5 130.8<br />
Trenčín 11.2 7.0 10.1 11.2 28.6 131.8<br />
Nitra 13.1 13.3 8.9 12.3 21.4 122.7<br />
Žilina 12.9 10.2 10.1 14.5 25.3 151.6<br />
B. Bystrica 12.2 19.0 9.6 10.8 24.5 114.0<br />
Prešov 14.8 19.5 10.0 13.3 22.3 123.5<br />
Košice 14.3 21.0 11.8 10.4 27.8 101.9<br />
Total<br />
/average<br />
100 100 100 100 31.5 130.6<br />
Source: Statistics <strong>of</strong>fice Slovak Republic www.statistics.sk, www.upsvr.sk, and NADSME 2006.<br />
All selected firms are allocated in urban zone with the habitants between 3 000 and<br />
95 000. Both regions Banská Bystrica and Prešov have a high level <strong>of</strong> unemployment<br />
and the high level <strong>of</strong> population. The level <strong>of</strong> unemployment is about 19% and 19,5%.<br />
43
A year before in 2004 the percentage was a bit lower 17,8% and 18%. Where by<br />
comparison, the Bratislava region has only 1,9% and in 2004 it was about 3.7% l<strong>es</strong>s,<br />
5.6%. There is no considerable variance between the regions according the amount <strong>of</strong><br />
SMEs including Small Trade Licens<strong>es</strong> and Legal Entiti<strong>es</strong> with the exception <strong>of</strong> leading<br />
position <strong>of</strong> Bratislava region (Table 8).<br />
According to region, four firms from Banská Bystrica and two from Prešov region.<br />
Four firms belong to the manufacture industry and two are the service promoters.<br />
Detailed information <strong>of</strong> six SMEs with international busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> is pr<strong>es</strong>ented in<br />
table 9.<br />
Table 9: Six selected firms<br />
CASE 1<br />
CASE 2<br />
CASE 3<br />
CASE 4<br />
Type <strong>of</strong> busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Textile, socks<br />
production<br />
Production <strong>of</strong><br />
aromatherapy<br />
products<br />
Production <strong>of</strong><br />
electro-technical<br />
products<br />
Products <strong>of</strong><br />
metallurgy industry<br />
CASE 5 Consultancy<br />
servic<strong>es</strong><br />
CASE 6<br />
Servic<strong>es</strong> in<br />
geographical<br />
systems<br />
Year <strong>of</strong><br />
start-up<br />
Legal<br />
form٭<br />
Number <strong>of</strong><br />
employe<strong>es</strong><br />
at start-up<br />
Foreign<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tment in<br />
the start-up<br />
1996 s.r.o. 2 No<br />
City#<br />
Banská<br />
Štiavnica<br />
1992 s.r.o. 3 No Prešov<br />
1998 s.r.o. 4 No Prešov<br />
2004 a.s. 180 No<br />
1998 s.r.o. 2 Y<strong>es</strong><br />
Hliník nad<br />
Hronom<br />
Žiar nad<br />
Hronom<br />
2004 s.r.o. 6 Y<strong>es</strong> Zvolen<br />
Not<strong>es</strong>: ٭ s.r.o. – Limited Company, a.s. – Join Stock Company<br />
Selected firms are from the regions <strong>of</strong> Banská Bystrica and Prešov. Region Banská<br />
Bystrica is located in the centre <strong>of</strong> Slovakia and share the border with Hungary.<br />
Prešov region is located in the east <strong>of</strong> Slovakia and share the border with Ukraine and<br />
Poland (Figure 2).<br />
Figure 2: Map <strong>of</strong> the regions <strong>of</strong> Slovakia<br />
44
4. THE STATE OF THE ART OF SLOVAK SMALL AND MEDIUM SIZED<br />
ENTERPRISES 17<br />
The entrepreneurship is not a new r<strong>es</strong>earch <strong>of</strong> study for specifics geographical context<br />
such as Northern America, Japan, or W<strong>es</strong>t and North Europe. The situation is different<br />
if we compare it with that in Slovakia, where not only the inv<strong>es</strong>tigation in<br />
entrepreneurship but even the private enterprising is a recent phenomenon. The<br />
Velvet Revolution in 1989 meant the fall <strong>of</strong> the Communist Party after its 51 years long<br />
period <strong>of</strong> political power in Czechoslovakia and the rebirth for private firms.<br />
Therefore, the first step <strong>of</strong> this chapter is to bring a general view <strong>of</strong> the empirical<br />
studi<strong>es</strong> leading into Central and Eastern Europe (CEE). The inter<strong>es</strong>t <strong>of</strong> this review was<br />
focused mainly on the studi<strong>es</strong> related to Slovakia. To identify relevant studi<strong>es</strong><br />
published in journals <strong>of</strong> international level, a keywords search was conducted on<br />
ProQu<strong>es</strong>t/Abi Inform, Elsevier, Blackwell and Ebsco-Host, encompassing 1988-2002.<br />
In the search, following words were used: “Slovakia”, “Slovak Republic”, “post-<br />
communist”, “transition”, in combination with “entrepreneurship”, “internationalization”,<br />
“international entrepreneurship”, “SMEs”, “small and medium-sized firms”.<br />
The r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> this search is the review <strong>of</strong> 19 <strong>of</strong> the entrepreneurial and international<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s studi<strong>es</strong> pr<strong>es</strong>ented in Table 10 Selected articl<strong>es</strong> were organized using the<br />
table. The table <strong>of</strong> the selected empirical studi<strong>es</strong> d<strong>es</strong>crib<strong>es</strong> the aim <strong>of</strong> the study, type<br />
<strong>of</strong> study, if the study is focused on SMEs, country <strong>of</strong> sample selection, the method <strong>of</strong><br />
data collection and the r<strong>es</strong>earch’s findings.<br />
Nine works from 19 are from Slovak context. Three works focus only on Slovakia, in<br />
another six studi<strong>es</strong> the Slovakia, is one <strong>of</strong> two or more studied country. There is the<br />
predominance with seven works <strong>of</strong> d<strong>es</strong>criptive studi<strong>es</strong> based on interviews or<br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire data collection.<br />
17 This chapter <strong>of</strong> the paper was selected for the pr<strong>es</strong>entation in the 2006 SVU conference on the<br />
special section about International trade and trading with the Czech and Slovak Republics. The<br />
chairman <strong>of</strong> this section was George T<strong>es</strong>ar, PhD. Pr<strong>of</strong><strong>es</strong>sor <strong>of</strong> Marketing and International Busin<strong>es</strong>s,<br />
<strong>University</strong> <strong>of</strong> Wisconsin –Whitewater.<br />
45
Table 10: The review <strong>of</strong> the empirical studi<strong>es</strong> about entrepreneurship and international busin<strong>es</strong>s leaded in CEE countri<strong>es</strong> with the<br />
focus on Slovakia.<br />
Ivy, R. L.<br />
Ivy, R. L,<br />
Study Aim <strong>of</strong> the study Type <strong>of</strong> study SME Country Data R<strong>es</strong>ults - findings<br />
1996<br />
1997<br />
Grayson, L. E.<br />
Bodily, S.E.<br />
1998<br />
To analyze the relationship<br />
between new firm’s growth<br />
and regional economic<br />
differenc<strong>es</strong> measured by rate<br />
<strong>of</strong> unemployment.<br />
To identified pr<strong>of</strong>il<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> both<br />
entrepreneur and their<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s. To define firm’s<br />
networking strategi<strong>es</strong> and<br />
identify the problems faced by<br />
SMEs in Nitra (Slovak<br />
district).<br />
To analyze the behaviour <strong>of</strong><br />
managers and firm’s<br />
integration in to the world<br />
economy in case <strong>of</strong> three<br />
post-communist countri<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The special focus on the<br />
financial sector, managerial<br />
behaviour and marketing<br />
capabiliti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Quantitative -<br />
d<strong>es</strong>criptive study.<br />
Quantitative -<br />
d<strong>es</strong>criptive study.<br />
D<strong>es</strong>criptive study<br />
based on cas<strong>es</strong>.<br />
♣ SR Data from<br />
Statistical Office <strong>of</strong><br />
the SR.<br />
Y<strong>es</strong> SR The qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire<br />
was sent to 225<br />
firms, from which<br />
97 r<strong>es</strong>ponded.<br />
♣ SR<br />
CR<br />
H<br />
24 case studi<strong>es</strong><br />
conducted in new<br />
private firms, joint<br />
ventur<strong>es</strong>, privatized<br />
firms and stateowned<br />
enterpris<strong>es</strong><br />
in 1995.<br />
Strong relation between regional unemployment<br />
and the proportion <strong>of</strong> the private sector<br />
enterpris<strong>es</strong> as newly formed firms.<br />
Many firms were run by married couple, but<br />
since the entrepreneurial license was obtained<br />
by the male, he was considered as the<br />
entrepreneur.<br />
Only 4% <strong>of</strong> the r<strong>es</strong>pondents use market<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch.<br />
Almost half <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>pondents indicate the main<br />
problems related with financ<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Other problems are government bureaucracy,<br />
perceived corruption, and slow economic<br />
reforms.<br />
Firm’s succ<strong>es</strong>s depends to the flexible<br />
adaptation on the rapid and uncertain chang<strong>es</strong>.<br />
In spite <strong>of</strong> good foreign languag<strong>es</strong> skills, the<br />
entrepreneurs have problems to develop a<br />
medium-term busin<strong>es</strong>s plan, a system for<br />
coordination and implementation in managing<br />
people, budgets and schedul<strong>es</strong>. Managers have<br />
general aversion to risk-taking, to assuming<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ponsibility, to making decisions.<br />
46
Table 10: (continued).<br />
Pavlínek, P.<br />
Smith, P.<br />
Study Aim <strong>of</strong> the study Type <strong>of</strong> study SME Country Data R<strong>es</strong>ults - findings<br />
1998<br />
Smallbone, D.<br />
Piasecki, B.<br />
Venasaar, U.<br />
Todorov, K.<br />
Labrianidis, L.<br />
1999<br />
Bohatá, M.<br />
Mládek, J.<br />
1999<br />
To inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the effect <strong>of</strong><br />
inward inv<strong>es</strong>tment on the<br />
regional transformation.<br />
To inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the effects <strong>of</strong><br />
internationalization on SMEs<br />
in post-communist countri<strong>es</strong>.<br />
To compare the findings from<br />
Poland, Bulgaria and Baltic<br />
State with the similar survey<br />
in UK and Greece<br />
To examine the past and<br />
pr<strong>es</strong>ent stage <strong>of</strong> SMEs.<br />
Identify the main problems<br />
and barriers from the<br />
institutional and financ<strong>es</strong><br />
system faced by SMEs.<br />
D<strong>es</strong>criptive study<br />
bas<strong>es</strong> on cas<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Quantitative -<br />
comparative<br />
study.<br />
Quantitative -<br />
d<strong>es</strong>criptive<br />
study.<br />
No SR<br />
Y<strong>es</strong> P<br />
CR<br />
B<br />
Firms with inward<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tment in three<br />
industrial sectors:<br />
automobile<br />
manufacturing, light<br />
engineering,<br />
tobacco and food<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>sing.<br />
SMEs (100 or l<strong>es</strong>s<br />
employe<strong>es</strong>) in food<br />
and clothing<br />
industry.<br />
377 face to face<br />
interviews.<br />
Y<strong>es</strong> CR 100 SMEs (64 in<br />
Prague and 36<br />
Prostejov and<br />
Olomouc district)<br />
conducted within<br />
the framework <strong>of</strong><br />
PHARE.<br />
The authors identify two main forms <strong>of</strong> regional<br />
transformation. Key components <strong>of</strong> an <strong>of</strong>fensive<br />
strategy for regional r<strong>es</strong>tructuring, such as, cooperation<br />
and partnership between economic<br />
and institutional actors are absent.<br />
The ability <strong>of</strong> SMEs in transition countri<strong>es</strong> to<br />
compete in foreign and dom<strong>es</strong>tic market vari<strong>es</strong><br />
between sectors. The evidence shows that<br />
foreign market penetration by food proc<strong>es</strong>sing<br />
SMEs in transition countri<strong>es</strong> is <strong>of</strong>ten focused on<br />
CEE markets rather than in W<strong>es</strong>tern market.<br />
SMEs in transition courtiers with foreign<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> prefer to use external<br />
assistance to support their export effort,<br />
consultants <strong>of</strong> informally from other firms or<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s associat<strong>es</strong> rather than from trade<br />
organizations or formal busin<strong>es</strong>s support<br />
organization (missing trust, as remains from<br />
communist epoch).<br />
The improper functioning <strong>of</strong> legal system, weak<br />
protection <strong>of</strong> property rights, deficienci<strong>es</strong> in the<br />
state <strong>of</strong> law and shortage <strong>of</strong> qualified persons<br />
are the main obstacle for further growth <strong>of</strong><br />
SMEs.<br />
47
Table 10: (continued).<br />
Study Aim <strong>of</strong> the study Type <strong>of</strong> study SME Country Data R<strong>es</strong>ults - findings<br />
Honeycutt, E.D.<br />
Ford, J.B.,<br />
Lupton, R.A.,<br />
Flaherty, T.B.<br />
1999<br />
Dana L. P.<br />
2000<br />
Uhlenbruck, K.<br />
Castro, J. O.<br />
2000<br />
Meyer, K. E.<br />
2000<br />
To compare the selection and<br />
training practic<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />
sal<strong>es</strong>person by global and<br />
dom<strong>es</strong>tic company in<br />
Slovakia and China.<br />
Comparison <strong>of</strong> the state <strong>of</strong><br />
small busin<strong>es</strong>s in Czech<br />
Republic with that in Slovakia<br />
from macro economical and<br />
historical point <strong>of</strong> view.<br />
To analyze the entry into CEE<br />
market via acquisition <strong>of</strong><br />
privatized firms according to<br />
country specific risk <strong>of</strong> FDI.<br />
To examine strategic and<br />
organization fit and firm<br />
transformation proc<strong>es</strong>s<strong>es</strong>.<br />
To examine how the<br />
involvement <strong>of</strong> multinational<br />
enterpris<strong>es</strong> affects enterprise<br />
r<strong>es</strong>tructuring in an interenterprise<br />
relationship.<br />
Quantitative –<br />
comparative<br />
study.<br />
D<strong>es</strong>criptive,<br />
comparative<br />
study.<br />
Quantitative –<br />
explanatory<br />
study.<br />
Theory <strong>of</strong> merger<br />
and acquisition.<br />
Qualitative, one<br />
case VW Skoda,<br />
Network theory.<br />
No SR<br />
China<br />
Y<strong>es</strong> SR<br />
CR<br />
No CR<br />
No<br />
EG<br />
H<br />
P<br />
Qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire: 51<br />
Chin<strong>es</strong>e, and 74<br />
Slovakian.<br />
Focus group and<br />
interviews.<br />
CR One firm<br />
The qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire<br />
from 170<br />
privatization<br />
acquisitions by<br />
W<strong>es</strong>tern firms<br />
between 1989 and<br />
1993.<br />
VW Skoda<br />
Global and dom<strong>es</strong>tic firms in both countri<strong>es</strong> use<br />
similar procedur<strong>es</strong> for sal<strong>es</strong>person selection.<br />
The global firms devote more time to training<br />
practic<strong>es</strong> and evaluate it at higher levels as<br />
dom<strong>es</strong>tic firms.<br />
Based on historical development and<br />
privatization proc<strong>es</strong>s, study conclud<strong>es</strong> that there<br />
is no ideal policy acceptable by all cultur<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Study shows mod<strong>es</strong>t support for the applicability<br />
<strong>of</strong> merger theory developed in free market<br />
economi<strong>es</strong>, mainly in the United Stat<strong>es</strong>. While<br />
strategic fit between merging firms improv<strong>es</strong><br />
performance, the organizational fit were<br />
negatively related to performance.<br />
Merger theory should be adapted regarding the<br />
political, organizational and cultural differenc<strong>es</strong><br />
for international acquisition.<br />
Global firms inv<strong>es</strong>ting in CEE integrate their<br />
local operations into their global strategy and<br />
transfer their global networks to the new<br />
environment.<br />
48
Table 10: (continued).<br />
Johnson, S.<br />
McMillan, J.<br />
Study Aim <strong>of</strong> the study Type <strong>of</strong> study SME Country Data R<strong>es</strong>ults - findings<br />
Woodruff, Ch.<br />
2000<br />
Walsh, P.P.<br />
Whelan, C.<br />
2001<br />
Copp Ch, B<br />
Ivy, R. L.<br />
2001<br />
To inv<strong>es</strong>tigate new firms<br />
(spin-<strong>of</strong>f or creating from<br />
scratch) in five CEE countri<strong>es</strong><br />
by measur<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> job growth,<br />
security <strong>of</strong> property and<br />
market development.<br />
To examine the effects <strong>of</strong><br />
inherited demand conditions<br />
on firm performance both<br />
directly and indirectly via their<br />
impact on corporate<br />
ownership during the first 7<br />
years <strong>of</strong> transition in CEE.<br />
To analyze the networking<br />
trends in small tourism<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s (However authors<br />
talk about firms with l<strong>es</strong>s than<br />
500 employe<strong>es</strong>.)<br />
Quantitative -<br />
exploratory study.<br />
Quantitative<br />
study.<br />
Quantitative -<br />
d<strong>es</strong>criptive study.<br />
Network theory<br />
No SR<br />
P<br />
R<br />
R<br />
U<br />
No SR<br />
B<br />
H<br />
SL<br />
No SR<br />
In 1997 were<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tigated 300<br />
private<br />
manufacturing firms<br />
(7 – 370<br />
employe<strong>es</strong>) in each<br />
country.<br />
220 personal<br />
interviews in<br />
traditional<br />
manufacturing<br />
firms. Country’s<br />
detailed information<br />
on employment,<br />
ownership, regional<br />
and product<br />
classification.<br />
The qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire<br />
was send to 215<br />
tourism firms;<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ponse rate was<br />
37% (70 hotels<br />
and 10 travel<br />
agenci<strong>es</strong>)<br />
Control <strong>of</strong> corruption is an <strong>es</strong>sential institutional<br />
reform for entrepreneurship development.<br />
Dynamism <strong>of</strong> firms measured by employment<br />
growth was observed higher in Slovakia, Poland<br />
and Rumania than in Russia or Ukraine.<br />
Positive relationship between reinv<strong>es</strong>tment and<br />
firm growth and no relationship between firms’<br />
growth and external finance or property rights<br />
was found.<br />
The five countri<strong>es</strong> according to firm’s growth,<br />
security <strong>of</strong> property and market development<br />
were grouped into two groups. An advanced<br />
group: Poland, Rumania, and Slovakia; and a<br />
lagging group Russia and Ukraine.<br />
Historical firm trade orientation has an impact<br />
on the firm performance.<br />
Firms that produce EU oriented products<br />
consistently outperform firms that inherited<br />
products historically produced for the artificially<br />
nurtured CMEA market.<br />
Firms use formal and social networks to<br />
coordinate busin<strong>es</strong>s practic<strong>es</strong>.<br />
39 % <strong>of</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>tigated firms used international<br />
contact, 63 % participated in fairs. Firms do not<br />
use small busin<strong>es</strong>s association (SBA)<br />
programs. Only 5 r<strong>es</strong>pondents had received<br />
SBA assistance.<br />
49
Table 10: (continued).<br />
Fogel, G.<br />
Study Aim <strong>of</strong> the study Type <strong>of</strong> study SME Country Data R<strong>es</strong>ults - findings<br />
Zapalska, A.<br />
2001<br />
Meyer, K. E.<br />
2001<br />
Nakos, G.<br />
Brouthers, K.D.<br />
2002<br />
Meyer, K.<br />
Skak, A.<br />
2002<br />
To examine differenc<strong>es</strong> and<br />
similariti<strong>es</strong> in the environment<br />
<strong>of</strong> SMEs and to identify<br />
succ<strong>es</strong>s factors and problems<br />
<strong>of</strong> SMEs in transition<br />
countri<strong>es</strong>.<br />
To inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the entry mode<br />
choice <strong>of</strong> German and British<br />
firms entering to CEE market.<br />
Using institutional framework<br />
and transaction cost theory.<br />
To examine the entry into<br />
CEE market from Greece<br />
market using the Dunning’s<br />
eclectic framework.<br />
To inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the entry to<br />
east Europe market from<br />
Austrian and Denmark’s’<br />
firms.<br />
Quantitative<br />
study. Data<br />
analysis is based<br />
on the model <strong>of</strong><br />
Entrepreneurial<br />
environment<br />
proposed by<br />
Gnyawali and<br />
Fogel (1994).<br />
Quantitative<br />
study.<br />
Transaction cost<br />
theory.<br />
Quantitative<br />
study. Dunning’s<br />
model is<br />
contrasting on<br />
the entry mode<br />
selection in<br />
conditions <strong>of</strong><br />
CEE countri<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Triangulation <strong>of</strong><br />
the methods.<br />
Network and<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ource based<br />
view.<br />
Y<strong>es</strong> H<br />
P<br />
♣ CR, H<br />
P, R<br />
RU<br />
Y<strong>es</strong> CEE,<br />
without<br />
specific<br />
ation.<br />
280 Hungarian 100<br />
polish SMEs by<br />
mail, telephone and<br />
one-site<br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tionnair<strong>es</strong> with<br />
focus group.<br />
677 W<strong>es</strong>t German<br />
and British<br />
compani<strong>es</strong>.<br />
From the mailing to<br />
418 firms were 118<br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tionnair<strong>es</strong><br />
used for analysis.<br />
Y<strong>es</strong> R The qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire<br />
was send to 50<br />
Danish and 144<br />
Austrian firms<br />
active in Russia. 62<br />
firms r<strong>es</strong>pond. 20<br />
Danish firms were<br />
use for case study.<br />
• 43 % Polish and 33 % Hungarian<br />
entrepreneurs recognize market opportunity<br />
as reason to start busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
• 17 % Hungarian and 20 % Polish<br />
entrepreneurs d<strong>es</strong>ire to be independent.<br />
• 99 % <strong>of</strong> Polish and 42 % <strong>of</strong> Hungarian<br />
entrepreneurs d<strong>es</strong>ire low cost and long –term<br />
loans.<br />
• Entrepreneurs have need for management<br />
training and communication network.<br />
Entrance firms adjust their mode choice to the<br />
specific transaction costs in different institutional<br />
frameworks. The type <strong>of</strong> knowledge transferred<br />
has major implications for its internalization.<br />
SMEs that have more differentiated products<br />
tended to use equity mod<strong>es</strong>.<br />
SMEs perceiving high growth potential in a<br />
market tended to use equity mod<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Variabl<strong>es</strong> as firms’ size, level <strong>of</strong> international<br />
experience and perception <strong>of</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>tment risk do<br />
not have statistically significant impact to the<br />
entry mode choice.<br />
The evidence shows the importance <strong>of</strong> partnercountry-specific<br />
knowledge in the case <strong>of</strong><br />
Russia. International entry is driven by a high<br />
degree <strong>of</strong> serendipity.<br />
50
Table 10: (continued).<br />
Study Aim <strong>of</strong> the study Type <strong>of</strong> study SME Country Data R<strong>es</strong>ults - findings<br />
Lituchy, T. R.<br />
Reavley, M. A.<br />
2004<br />
Smallbone, D.<br />
Rogut, A.<br />
2005<br />
Comparison <strong>of</strong> motivation and<br />
experienc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> women as<br />
international busin<strong>es</strong>s owners<br />
from CR and P with the<br />
literature about women<br />
entrepreneurs in North<br />
America. Study t<strong>es</strong>ts three<br />
models <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship.<br />
To discuss threats and<br />
opportuniti<strong>es</strong> for SMEs <strong>of</strong><br />
new EU members in case <strong>of</strong><br />
Poland and Estonia and <strong>of</strong>fer<br />
implications for SMEs at<br />
micro level. The main points<br />
<strong>of</strong> discussion are: the<br />
transition proc<strong>es</strong>s, polic<strong>es</strong> for<br />
entrepreneurship, adapting<br />
the institutional framework,<br />
regional policy and preparing<br />
or acc<strong>es</strong>sion.<br />
Symbol and abbreviations used in table:<br />
♣ Study do<strong>es</strong> not specify the firm’s size<br />
CEE Central and East Europe<br />
B Bulgaria<br />
CR Czech Republic<br />
E Estonia<br />
Exploratory study<br />
based on 14<br />
cas<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Study t<strong>es</strong>ts three<br />
models <strong>of</strong><br />
entrepreneurship:<br />
environmental,<br />
traits and<br />
behavioural<br />
approach.<br />
D<strong>es</strong>criptive study.<br />
♣ CR<br />
P<br />
Y<strong>es</strong> P<br />
E<br />
EG East Germany<br />
H Hungary<br />
P Poland<br />
R Russia<br />
6 Czech and 8<br />
Polish women<br />
entrepreneurs.<br />
Based on available<br />
information from<br />
National agency for<br />
enterprise<br />
development and<br />
previous r<strong>es</strong>earch<br />
studi<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The comparison confirms the adequate<br />
d<strong>es</strong>cription used in North America for women<br />
entrepreneurs in countri<strong>es</strong> in transition based on<br />
traits, environment and behavioural approach<strong>es</strong>.<br />
For instance, the interviewed women<br />
demonstrated high need for achievement, selfconfidence,<br />
pro-activity and commitment.<br />
Authors underline the need for further SME<br />
development as follows:<br />
• A need to strengthen the busin<strong>es</strong>s support<br />
infrastructure.<br />
• A need to promote entrepreneurship at the<br />
regional and local levels.<br />
• A need to priority polici<strong>es</strong> to support<br />
innovation.<br />
• A need to help SMEs adapt to a new<br />
regulatory regime.<br />
• A need to continue to improve the busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
environment.<br />
RU Rumania<br />
SL Slovenia<br />
SR Slovak Republic<br />
U Ukraine<br />
51
According to the used methodology, only 3 studi<strong>es</strong> are supported by qualitative<br />
methodology (Grayson and Bodily, 1998; Pavlínek and Smith, 1998; and Dana,<br />
2000.), one used the triangulation <strong>of</strong> methods (Meyer and Skak 2002) and the r<strong>es</strong>t are<br />
quantitative studi<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Table 11 pr<strong>es</strong>ents the overview <strong>of</strong> used theori<strong>es</strong>, models and approach<strong>es</strong>, the r<strong>es</strong>t <strong>of</strong><br />
the studi<strong>es</strong> are d<strong>es</strong>criptive and comparative.<br />
Table 11: Brief review <strong>of</strong> used theori<strong>es</strong> in CEE studi<strong>es</strong><br />
Theory, model or approach Study<br />
Network theory<br />
Meyer, 2000,<br />
Copp and Ivy, 2001,<br />
Meyer and Skak, 2002<br />
Transaction cost Meyer, 2001<br />
R<strong>es</strong>ource based theory Meyer and Skak, 2002<br />
Merger and acquisition theory Uhlenbruck and Castro, 2000<br />
Model <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurial environment Fogel and Zapalska, 2001<br />
Dunning’s model Eclectic paradigm Nakos and Brouthers, 2002<br />
Environmental, traits and behavioural<br />
approach<br />
Lituchy and Reavley, 2004<br />
Three r<strong>es</strong>earch areas can be identified according to the object <strong>of</strong> each study. First,<br />
studi<strong>es</strong> related to entrepreneurship inv<strong>es</strong>tigating the behaviour <strong>of</strong> managers and firm’s<br />
integration to the world (Grayson and Bodily, 1998), the pr<strong>of</strong>il<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the entrepreneur<br />
and their busin<strong>es</strong>s (Ivy, 1997; Bohatá and Mládek, 1999). Other studi<strong>es</strong> identify the<br />
succ<strong>es</strong>s factors and problems <strong>of</strong> SMEs (Fogel and Zapalska, 2001), the networking<br />
trends <strong>of</strong> SMEs (Copp and Ivy, 2001), and t<strong>es</strong>t the entrepreneurship theory related to<br />
traits, environment and behavioural approach<strong>es</strong> in the market <strong>of</strong> CEE (Lituchy and<br />
Reavley, 2004).<br />
Second, the international busin<strong>es</strong>s r<strong>es</strong>earch, where Smallbone et al. (1999)<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the effects <strong>of</strong> internationalization on SMEs in post-communist countri<strong>es</strong><br />
and Uhlenbruck and Castro (2000) analyze the entry into CEE market via acquisition<br />
<strong>of</strong> privatized firms according to country specific risk <strong>of</strong> FDI; other studi<strong>es</strong> (Meyer,<br />
2001; Nakos and Brouthers, 2002; Meyer and Skak, 2002) inv<strong>es</strong>tigate which entry<br />
mode are choose by firms entering into the CEE market.<br />
52
Third, from a macro economical view, Dana (2000) mak<strong>es</strong> a comparison <strong>of</strong> the state<br />
<strong>of</strong> small busin<strong>es</strong>s in Czech Republic and in Slovakia, whereas Pavlínek and Smith<br />
(1998) inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the effect <strong>of</strong> inward inv<strong>es</strong>tment on the regional transformation, and<br />
Ivy (1996) analyz<strong>es</strong> the relationship between new firm’s growth and regional<br />
economics.<br />
Keep in mind the high level <strong>of</strong> discrepancy <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship r<strong>es</strong>earch is Slovak<br />
context compare to w<strong>es</strong>t or north part <strong>of</strong> Europe. This chapter pr<strong>es</strong>ents the review <strong>of</strong><br />
the state <strong>of</strong> the art <strong>of</strong> Slovakian entrepreneurship 18 . The development <strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs<br />
is pr<strong>es</strong>ented in following three sections as: SMEs before 1989, after 1989, and SMEs’<br />
foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activity during the period 2001-2004.<br />
Hence, there is a recently published Meyer and Peng’s review (2005) <strong>of</strong> articl<strong>es</strong><br />
relating to CEE. This r<strong>es</strong>earch <strong>of</strong> works published in 13 top journals during the period<br />
<strong>of</strong> 1986 – 2004 analyz<strong>es</strong> how the transaction cost theory, agency theory, r<strong>es</strong>ource<br />
based view and institutional theori<strong>es</strong> underpin CEE r<strong>es</strong>earch. The study identifi<strong>es</strong> and<br />
analyz<strong>es</strong> three different issu<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> CEE r<strong>es</strong>earch. First, foreign entrants, the studi<strong>es</strong><br />
focused on motiv<strong>es</strong>, knowledge transfer, cross-cultural management, and entry<br />
strategi<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> foreign entrance. Second, local incumbents, related to r<strong>es</strong>tructuring,<br />
governance structure and busin<strong>es</strong>s culture. Third, newly <strong>es</strong>tablished local firms,<br />
entrepreneurship in CEE, and firm’s start-up and growth.<br />
4.1. Slovak SMEs before 1989<br />
Entrepreneurship in the Slovak land was common during Austro-Hungarian period.<br />
The first legislative norm defining the private enterpris<strong>es</strong> was published in 1859<br />
(Marková, 2003). To understand the pr<strong>es</strong>ent stage <strong>of</strong> the industry’s sectors, it is<br />
nec<strong>es</strong>sary to look back upon its historical development. There were radical differenc<strong>es</strong><br />
between the Czech and the Slovak economical developments.<br />
Czechoslovakian SMEs accounted for approximately 60% <strong>of</strong> the workforce in the early<br />
1930s (Horvath, 2004) and repr<strong>es</strong>ented 97.4% <strong>of</strong> the manufacturing firms (Table 12).<br />
However, the Slovakian industry was characterized by large firms located in small<br />
citi<strong>es</strong>, as compared to the rich industrial diversification in the Czech industry, with<br />
firms located in small and medium sized citi<strong>es</strong>.<br />
18 Additional information about Slovakian economic development could be found in Capek and Gerald<br />
(1993), Pavlínek (1995), Grayson and Bodily (1998), Hilde (1999), Groshek (1999), and Bryson and<br />
Cornia (2000).<br />
53
Table 12: Industrial enterpris<strong>es</strong> according to size structure in Czechoslovakia 1930<br />
Size <strong>of</strong> firm in number<br />
<strong>of</strong> employe<strong>es</strong><br />
Firms Employe<strong>es</strong><br />
Number % Number %<br />
6 – 50 35 632 86.0 485 864 29.0<br />
51 – 250 4 738 11.4 483 761 29.0<br />
251 and more 1 068 2.6 705 827 42.0<br />
Total 41 438 100.0 1 675 452 100.0<br />
Source: Adapted from Teichova, 1988:38.<br />
The Slovakian land was underdeveloped, as compared to the Czech part before 1937,<br />
when Slovakia contributed only with 7.8 % <strong>of</strong> the industrial national output. However,<br />
the industrialization <strong>of</strong> Slovakia was fast and until 1943, it increas<strong>es</strong> to about 63% with<br />
a 53% growth <strong>of</strong> the employment.<br />
In the 1960s, the Czech area was known as an intensive industrial society, while<br />
Slovakia as an agricultural one. The great impact upon the Slovakian industry was<br />
brought by the development <strong>of</strong> the military industry. During 1948-1988 more than two<br />
thirds <strong>of</strong> the Czechoslovakian armament industry was located in Slovakia, and at the<br />
same time, the Slovakian armament export was on the seventh position in the world<br />
ranking. B<strong>es</strong>ide agriculture and armament industry, in Slovakia there also were<br />
developed chemical industry, mining, heavy industri<strong>es</strong> such as the on<strong>es</strong> directed to<br />
steel and machinery.<br />
After 1948, when the Communist party gained the political power, the situation <strong>of</strong><br />
private enterprising changed dramatically. Private properti<strong>es</strong> and private enterprising<br />
were targets for the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> nationalization. The r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> that proc<strong>es</strong>s was a<br />
national economy based on state and cooperative owned firms (Marková, 2003).<br />
The five years planning was the principal tool for the national economy. To fulfil or<br />
overcome the planned production was the basic and unchallengeable firm objective.<br />
This confirms the observation made by Grayson and Bodily (1998): ”Czech sho<strong>es</strong><br />
firms exported 600.000 pairs <strong>of</strong> sho<strong>es</strong> to the Soviet Union in 1989, and the following<br />
year not a single pair” (1998:133). The analysis <strong>of</strong> the customer preferenc<strong>es</strong>, looking<br />
for alternative distribution channels, the improvement <strong>of</strong> quality, and str<strong>es</strong>s on the<br />
d<strong>es</strong>ign were unimportant. Therefore, the marketing capabiliti<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the firm’s<br />
“directors” 19 were usel<strong>es</strong>s. The Czechoslovakian production was subordinated to the<br />
demand <strong>of</strong> members <strong>of</strong> the Council for Mutual Economic Assistance (CMEA).<br />
19 The notion <strong>of</strong> director is used to denominate the principal manager <strong>of</strong> the firm. The owner or<br />
entrepreneur seems inadequate for that time <strong>of</strong> period.<br />
54
4.2. Slovak SMEs after 1989<br />
Large firms (more than 500 employe<strong>es</strong>) repr<strong>es</strong>ent 90% <strong>of</strong> all firms, and 98.8% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
workforce in 1989 (Marková, 2003). The proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>titution and privatization<br />
initiated the rebirth <strong>of</strong> private enterpris<strong>es</strong> in Czechoslovakia. B<strong>es</strong>ide the fundamental<br />
institutional and economic change, which involved legislative reform and development<br />
related with the transition proc<strong>es</strong>s, other radical chang<strong>es</strong> appeared. On the 1 st <strong>of</strong><br />
January 1993, the Slovak Republic starts an independent existence as an outcome <strong>of</strong><br />
the break-up <strong>of</strong> Czech and Slovak Federal Republic (ČSFR).<br />
The transformation was needed not only in the enterprise’s area, but also in the<br />
institutional, banking and financial sector. The banks had little experience in lending to<br />
private firms, as they were used to give money to government and state owned<br />
enterpris<strong>es</strong> (Grayson and Bodily, 1998). The transition proc<strong>es</strong>s came along with an<br />
extended legislative reform. The natural consequence is an unstable, inconsistent and<br />
complex institutional environment (formal and informal), which mak<strong>es</strong> unclear the<br />
rul<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the economic game. The main function <strong>of</strong> institutions in a society is to reduce<br />
uncertainty by <strong>es</strong>tablishing a stable structure for human interaction (North, 1990).<br />
Empirical evidence from five CEE countri<strong>es</strong> put forth insights related to the impact <strong>of</strong><br />
the transaction cost relating unstable host institutional frameworks with foreign firm’s<br />
choice <strong>of</strong> entry mode (Meyer, 2001).<br />
The economic change, political and social transformation, economic reform,<br />
deregulation, privatization and foreign direct inv<strong>es</strong>tments, are factors that dramatically<br />
alter the competitive environment in the CEE countri<strong>es</strong>, as identified by Fahy et al.<br />
(2000). The problem <strong>of</strong> undefined ownership and property rights (Johnson et al.,<br />
2000), the large proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> privatization (Lieberman et al. 1995, Gerhard 1997,<br />
Fischer and Sahay 2000, Uhlenbruck and De Castro 2000), the r<strong>es</strong>tructuring <strong>of</strong> the<br />
banking sector, and the remaining problem <strong>of</strong> corruption 20 (Grodeland et al., 1998),<br />
interrelated with the low level <strong>of</strong> trust <strong>of</strong> public institutions, are other characteristics <strong>of</strong><br />
the evolving transition proc<strong>es</strong>s in Slovakia. High rents, low competition, higher pric<strong>es</strong>,<br />
all indicate some kind <strong>of</strong> Slovakian markets failur<strong>es</strong> (Horvath 2004). Johanson et al.<br />
(2000) observed that an inhibiting impact upon the SMEs growth is given more by<br />
20 Slovakia is ranked in the 57th place in the Transparency International Corruption Perceptions Index<br />
2004 (score 4.0) out <strong>of</strong> 146 countri<strong>es</strong>, which relat<strong>es</strong> to perceptions <strong>of</strong> the degree <strong>of</strong> corruption as<br />
perceived among politicians and public <strong>of</strong>ficials.<br />
http://globalcorruptionreport.org/gcr2005/download/english/country_reports_k_z.pdf<br />
55
insecure property rights, than inadequate finance. More precisely, the control <strong>of</strong><br />
corruption is an <strong>es</strong>sential institutional reform for development <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship.<br />
4.3. The pr<strong>es</strong>ent state <strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs<br />
Nowadays, SMEs in Slovakia repr<strong>es</strong>ent approximately 99% <strong>of</strong> the busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
(NADSME, 2006). The percentage <strong>of</strong> the Slovakian SMEs in the national economy is<br />
comparable with the EU level, and the majority <strong>of</strong> 95.4% are micro firms (Table 13).<br />
The number <strong>of</strong> SMEs went up by 37% in the period <strong>of</strong> 1994 – 2004. Building industry,<br />
retail, commercial, and financial sectors are predominated by SMEs. More than 46%<br />
<strong>of</strong> the SMEs are located in the capital city. Bratislava‘s leading position is followed with<br />
l<strong>es</strong>s then 24% <strong>of</strong> the SMEs in Žilina, Prešov, Košice and Nitra. Coming in last with<br />
regard to number <strong>of</strong> SMEs are Banská Bystrica and Trnava with l<strong>es</strong>s than 20.5%.<br />
Table 13: Comparison <strong>of</strong> the structure <strong>of</strong> busin<strong>es</strong>s entiti<strong>es</strong> and employment between<br />
Slovakia and Europe by size<br />
EU-19♣<br />
2003 data<br />
Numbers <strong>of</strong><br />
enterprise (in 000)<br />
Share on total<br />
number <strong>of</strong><br />
enterpris<strong>es</strong><br />
Number <strong>of</strong><br />
employe<strong>es</strong> (in 000)<br />
Share on<br />
employment<br />
Slovakia Numbers <strong>of</strong><br />
enterprise<br />
Share on total<br />
number <strong>of</strong><br />
enterpris<strong>es</strong> Number <strong>of</strong><br />
employe<strong>es</strong><br />
Share on<br />
employment<br />
Sourc<strong>es</strong>: NADSME, 2004a:30.<br />
Micro<br />
(0-9)<br />
Small<br />
(10-49)<br />
Company size<br />
Medium<br />
(50-249)<br />
Large<br />
(250+)<br />
SMEs<br />
Total<br />
17 820 1 260 180 40 19 260 19 300<br />
92.3% 6.5% 0.9% 0.2% 99.8% 100.0%<br />
55 040 24 280 18 100 42 300 97 420 139 720<br />
39.4% 17.4% 13.0% 30.3% 69.7% 100.0%<br />
353 597 13 722 2 871 586 370 190 370 776<br />
95.4% 3.7% 0.8% 0.2% 99.8% 100.0%<br />
628 125 323 833 383 059 689 975 1 335 017 2 024 992<br />
31.0% 16.0% 18.9% 34.1% 65.9% 100.0<br />
♣ EU-19 includ<strong>es</strong> 15 Previous Members Stat<strong>es</strong> and Iceland, Norway, Switzerland and Liechtenstein.<br />
The comparison was made using the method used by EU (which do<strong>es</strong> not distinguish between the<br />
various legal forms, and both legal entiti<strong>es</strong> and natural person are considered to be enterprise). With<br />
r<strong>es</strong>pect to small trade license<strong>es</strong>, employment has been bas<strong>es</strong> on <strong>es</strong>timat<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The SMEs’ employment has an increasing tendency from 1999, when they employed<br />
56% <strong>of</strong> the workforce. In 2005, the SMEs’ employment achieved a level <strong>of</strong> 70,7% <strong>of</strong><br />
the total workforce (NADSME, 2006). Hence, large firms maintain their about 46,98%<br />
employment position only in the industry sector. On the other hand regarding<br />
geographical structure, there are not such noticeable differenc<strong>es</strong>; however Bratislava<br />
56
maintains its leading position with 17.9%, followed by Košice, Žilina, and Nitra which<br />
have l<strong>es</strong>s than 13.1%.<br />
The dynamics <strong>of</strong> the SMEs’ growth has a positive trend. In 2005, there were<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished 1,994 SMEs, while 990 finished their busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The main chang<strong>es</strong> could be observed in the trade sector, building industry,<br />
manufacturing <strong>of</strong> goods, real <strong>es</strong>tate, agriculture, and commercial servic<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The r<strong>es</strong>ults from the survey made by NADSME (2004b) about the reasons to start own<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s, find that in 2003, more than 60% <strong>of</strong> the interviewed entrepreneurs indicated<br />
increas<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> income as the principal reason for <strong>es</strong>tablishing own firms. For 13%, it was<br />
only a possibility to find a job, for another 13% the reason was a need <strong>of</strong><br />
independency, a factor confirmed in several inv<strong>es</strong>tigations (Ettinger, 1983; Hisrich and<br />
Peters, 1998), and 8% saw busin<strong>es</strong>s as the opportunity to pursue their ideas. Contrary<br />
to this, for 43% <strong>of</strong> the Polish and for 33% <strong>of</strong> the Hungarian entrepreneurs, we<br />
encounter the recognizing <strong>of</strong> market opportunity as the most important factor for firm’s<br />
creation (Fogel and Zapalska, 2001).<br />
The empirical evidence <strong>of</strong> NADSME (2004b) was confirmed more by the individual<br />
(or family based) entrepreneurship, than by collective entrepreneurs. Above four fifths<br />
(84%) <strong>of</strong> the r<strong>es</strong>pondents, who planned to <strong>es</strong>tablish a firm prefer small trade licence<br />
as legal form, 8% chose a limited liability company, and 2% a shareholding company.<br />
Lawrence’s study (2001) confirms the lack <strong>of</strong> managerial capabiliti<strong>es</strong> for entrepreneurs<br />
in CEE countri<strong>es</strong>. The managers have a lack <strong>of</strong> skills, r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong>, and experience to<br />
manage firms in competitive market environments. Hungarian, Slovak, and Czech<br />
managers have a general aversion to risk, and problems to develop tools such as a<br />
medium-term busin<strong>es</strong>s plan, a system for coordination and implementation, and<br />
managing people, budgets, or schedul<strong>es</strong> (Grayson and Bodily, 1998). According to<br />
Swanson and Webster (1992), 30% <strong>of</strong> Czech and Slovak entrepreneurs need training<br />
in areas like busin<strong>es</strong>s plan preparation, negotiation, pricing, market penetration,<br />
planning, decision making, and management <strong>of</strong> the work-force. Similarly, the findings<br />
provided by Fogel’s study (2001) with regard to the Hungarian SMEs, show that 52%<br />
<strong>of</strong> the entrepreneurs expr<strong>es</strong>s a need for management training as the most d<strong>es</strong>irable<br />
non-financial assistance to help them grow.<br />
57
Bohatá and Mládek (1999) found similar r<strong>es</strong>ults in some other parts <strong>of</strong> former<br />
Czechoslovakia. They identified, b<strong>es</strong>ide the high burden <strong>of</strong> taxation and insufficient<br />
finance for expansion, the shortage <strong>of</strong> qualified workers and managers as important<br />
barriers for SMEs’ growth.<br />
The Slovak SMEs do not use marketing r<strong>es</strong>earch, a technique widely used in the<br />
W<strong>es</strong>tern countri<strong>es</strong>. NADSME’s (2004b) survey confirms that 83% <strong>of</strong> the SMEs, during<br />
2000-2002, did not apply any marketing r<strong>es</strong>earch. The same r<strong>es</strong>ult was confirmed by<br />
Ivy’s (1997) study in the Nitra district (located in the south-w<strong>es</strong>tern part <strong>of</strong> Slovakia).<br />
Only 4% <strong>of</strong> the SME’s r<strong>es</strong>pondents used marketing tools. “Even international market<br />
ti<strong>es</strong> are <strong>of</strong>ten formed by contacts from friends and relativ<strong>es</strong>, directly or indirectly.” (Ivy,<br />
1997: 96). It seems that mainly informal networks are important instruments for the<br />
Slovak SMEs.<br />
4.4. Slovak SMEs’ foregin trade during 2001 – 2005<br />
Nowadays, the globalization trends opened new possibiliti<strong>es</strong> for Slovak SMEs to<br />
initiate cross-border busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>. Moreover, at the same time, firms face up<br />
higher levels <strong>of</strong> competency. This section analyz<strong>es</strong> SMEs’ export and import activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
in the period between 2001 and 2005.<br />
During the studied period, it was observed a small, but increasing volume in both<br />
export and import activiti<strong>es</strong> (Figure 2). The export increased by 11.4% as compared to<br />
2003, and the import increased by 13.8%. Hence, from long-term horizon, import<br />
overtak<strong>es</strong> the SMEs’ export in the Slovak balance <strong>of</strong> trade.<br />
It is a bit surprising that during the studied period, the higher export and import<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong> were achieved by micro-firms when compared with small firms. The import<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong> performed by micro-firms, almost reached the level <strong>of</strong> medium firms. In 2004<br />
and 2005 micro-firms even exceed in volume <strong>of</strong> import and in 2005 also export <strong>of</strong> the<br />
medium sized firms. In addition in 2005, micro-firms also achieved the most dynamic<br />
growth in exports about 72.5%, and imports about 39.5%, as compared to 2004.<br />
Hence in 2005 NADSME includ<strong>es</strong> in category <strong>of</strong> micro-firms also firms with not<br />
identified number <strong>of</strong> employe<strong>es</strong>. One year before in 2004 the growth by micro-firms in<br />
exports was 35%, and imports 22.6% compared to 2003.<br />
58
Figure 3: Volume <strong>of</strong> export and import by size categori<strong>es</strong> in period 2001-2005 (bn SK)<br />
Sourc<strong>es</strong>: NADSME, 2006:95<br />
Note: Hence, the most dynamic growth in export and import activity is observed by micro firms, in this<br />
sized category NADME includ<strong>es</strong> also the firm with not identified number <strong>of</strong> employe<strong>es</strong>.<br />
From the territorial point <strong>of</strong> view, in 2005, the export increased about 29.4% and<br />
19.4% to Spain, Poland, The Nederland, Hungary, and France. In the same year, the<br />
import increased about 83% and 21.4%. mainly from Taiwan, South Korea, China,<br />
Russia, and Hungary. The high<strong>es</strong>t volum<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> exports are related with the former EU<br />
15 members (NADSME 2006).<br />
The r<strong>es</strong>ults <strong>of</strong> the NADSME (October 2005b) survey, focusing on the SMEs’<br />
advantag<strong>es</strong> and disadvantag<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> membership in EU, shows that only for 13.7% <strong>of</strong> the<br />
SMEs, the EU entrance brings an increase <strong>of</strong> exports to EU members. An easier<br />
possibility to find foreign partners was an advantage only for 17.2% <strong>of</strong> the SMEs.<br />
B<strong>es</strong>ide the SMEs’ international activiti<strong>es</strong> for further economic development are direct<br />
foreign inv<strong>es</strong>tments also important. Several studi<strong>es</strong> (McMillan, 1993; Meyer, 2000;<br />
Mygind 2000) underline the importance <strong>of</strong> foreign direct inv<strong>es</strong>tments through the<br />
capital and know-how transference for succ<strong>es</strong>sful r<strong>es</strong>tructuring <strong>of</strong> the enterpris<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Johnson et al. (2000) inv<strong>es</strong>tigated 300 manufacturing firms with between 7 and<br />
370 employe<strong>es</strong> in each <strong>of</strong> following countri<strong>es</strong>: Poland, Slovakia, Romania, Russia,<br />
and Ukraine. They identified that “the ability to sell to customers in distant locations is<br />
a measure <strong>of</strong> market sophistication, for it requir<strong>es</strong> functioning transportation<br />
infrastructure, sourc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> market information that can identify potential trading<br />
partners, and the means to assure bills are paid in arms-length transactions”(Johnson<br />
et al., 2000:12). The Slovak firms inv<strong>es</strong>tigated achieved high level <strong>of</strong> sal<strong>es</strong> related with<br />
foreign d<strong>es</strong>tinations (Table 14).<br />
59
Table 14: D<strong>es</strong>tination <strong>of</strong> the sal<strong>es</strong> in per cent (data collected in 1997)<br />
D<strong>es</strong>tination <strong>of</strong> sal<strong>es</strong> Poland Slovakia Romania Russia Ukraine<br />
Within home city 35.3 32.4 46.2 76.7 69.5<br />
Dom<strong>es</strong>tic, outside <strong>of</strong><br />
home city<br />
55.7 50.7 49.2 21.3 26.7<br />
Foreign d<strong>es</strong>tination 9.0 16.9 4.6 2.0 3.8<br />
Source: Adapted from Johnson et al., 2000:29.<br />
Meyer (2000) observ<strong>es</strong> that the supply <strong>of</strong> parts to foreign-owned first-tier suppliers<br />
permits the survival <strong>of</strong> many local manufactur<strong>es</strong> in Czech Republic, Slovakia, and<br />
Hungary. The same author argu<strong>es</strong> that “global firms inv<strong>es</strong>ting in CEE integrate their<br />
local operations into their global strategy, and transfer their global networks to the new<br />
environment. Global strategi<strong>es</strong> and global industry’s trends thus determin<strong>es</strong> the<br />
strategi<strong>es</strong> for CEE, and inv<strong>es</strong>tors’ interaction with the local firms“(Meyer, 2000:143).<br />
60
5. CASE ANALYSIS<br />
The word-by-word transcript from recorded interviews, handwritten not<strong>es</strong> made by<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earcher during the interviews, information about the firms gained from firm’s web<br />
pag<strong>es</strong>, institutions, internet and newspaper create the basis <strong>of</strong> data for three steps<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s analysis. Thus, case analysis follows the data reduction, data display, and<br />
conclusion drawing/verification, the steps proposed by Mil<strong>es</strong> and Huberman (1994) for<br />
qualitative analysis.<br />
Before to first step <strong>of</strong> data reduction, data analysis involved reading the transcript<br />
several tim<strong>es</strong> obtaining a sense <strong>of</strong> the overall data, familiarising with the detail about<br />
each case individually and making the not<strong>es</strong> in the database itself about any ideas or<br />
concepts that occurred to the r<strong>es</strong>earcher. Simultaneously, to take advantage from the<br />
entrepreneurs’ reaction, their voice expr<strong>es</strong>sion, the recorded interviews were listened<br />
several tim<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The data reduction proc<strong>es</strong>s was focussed on the simplification, reduction and<br />
systemization <strong>of</strong> collected data. This helped to organize data in those related to firm’s<br />
creation and those to firm’s internationalization. Hence, such data separation, do not<br />
exclude the possibility <strong>of</strong> interrelation between th<strong>es</strong>e two proc<strong>es</strong>s<strong>es</strong> and factors by<br />
which are influenced the creation with those related to the firm’s internationalization.<br />
The fundamental aim was just to simplify and organized data to gain easier<br />
possibiliti<strong>es</strong> for its analys<strong>es</strong> from different points <strong>of</strong> view. Based on organized data the<br />
individual case analysis using the narrative d<strong>es</strong>cription for each case was made.<br />
Additionally, the data were organized also according to proposed r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions,<br />
which facilitated the cross cas<strong>es</strong> analysis.<br />
The reduced data proc<strong>es</strong>s used the tabl<strong>es</strong> as tool for displayed and organized data in<br />
compr<strong>es</strong>sed way to help more easily identify the relations and propose the r<strong>es</strong>earch’s<br />
conclusions.<br />
The third and important step <strong>of</strong> data analysis, defined by Mil<strong>es</strong> and Huberman (1994)<br />
is the conclusions, drawing/verification. As findings from the individual and cross case<br />
analysis, so the explanations, differenc<strong>es</strong>, similariti<strong>es</strong> between cas<strong>es</strong>, answers to<br />
proposed r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions and the propositions for further study are discussed in<br />
seventh chapter <strong>of</strong> the study.<br />
61
As indicated above, the analysis is divided in two parts:<br />
• Individual case analysis. The effort is put to <strong>of</strong>fer brief but aptly d<strong>es</strong>cription <strong>of</strong><br />
each case. The aim is to pr<strong>es</strong>ent the basic information about firms and help with<br />
the initial sense making (Eisenhardt, 1989) <strong>of</strong> each case individually.<br />
• Comparative analysis go<strong>es</strong> deeper into the studied objectiv<strong>es</strong> the firms are<br />
analyzed according to planned r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions. In the analysis is made the<br />
comparison between cas<strong>es</strong> with the help <strong>of</strong> findings pr<strong>es</strong>ented in literature review<br />
(chapter two). The pattern matching (Yin 1989). is used to see the similariti<strong>es</strong> and<br />
differenc<strong>es</strong> between studied SMEs’ proc<strong>es</strong>s and factors <strong>of</strong> internationalization with<br />
the pr<strong>es</strong>ent stage <strong>of</strong> theory and its comparison with Slovak SMEs. The similariti<strong>es</strong>,<br />
differenc<strong>es</strong> as the r<strong>es</strong>ults <strong>of</strong> analysis helped proposed the model for firm’s<br />
internationalization.<br />
In both, individual case d<strong>es</strong>cription and comparative analysis the citations <strong>of</strong><br />
entrepreneurs or managers are applied.<br />
5.1. Individual case analysis<br />
Easier analysis <strong>of</strong> individual cas<strong>es</strong> facilitated the data organization according the<br />
several criteria. Thus, the d<strong>es</strong>cription <strong>of</strong> each case is focus on the firm’s start-up, year<br />
<strong>of</strong> firm creation, type <strong>of</strong> industry, main product or servic<strong>es</strong>, number <strong>of</strong> founders, the<br />
pr<strong>es</strong>ence <strong>of</strong> foreign partner or inv<strong>es</strong>tment, firm’s size in number <strong>of</strong> employe<strong>es</strong>.<br />
5.1.1. CASE 1<br />
The firm was <strong>es</strong>tablished in 1996 in Banská Štiavnica. The family busin<strong>es</strong>s was<br />
created by three persons, two brothers and their cousin, without any foreign<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tment. The firm’s industry is textile focused on the socks production. In the period<br />
<strong>of</strong> firm’s creation the environments in Banská Štiavnica region was competitive and<br />
there were created many similar firms. “In each third – fifth village there was someone,<br />
who has one or two machin<strong>es</strong> and was producing socks in garage. In that period it<br />
emerged many similar firms”.<br />
Hence, the firm has <strong>of</strong>ficially three founders, only one <strong>of</strong> them mak<strong>es</strong> the principal<br />
decisions and spends most <strong>of</strong> his time in the firm (almost twelve hours daily). The two<br />
other persons do not even live in Banská Štiavnica. Their main support was the<br />
financial help in the time <strong>of</strong> firm’s creation and after they participate in the firm’s<br />
marketing and some financial activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
62
The firm has grown from two to thirteen employe<strong>es</strong> in nine years. The relationship<br />
between the employe<strong>es</strong> and owner is very familiar. “I am not able to come to one <strong>of</strong><br />
my employee and said to him/her I am sorry but you have finished in this work hence,<br />
I really do not need him/her.”<br />
From the inception, firm puts the str<strong>es</strong>s on the product’s quality and d<strong>es</strong>ign. One <strong>of</strong> the<br />
first machine which was bought was about five tim<strong>es</strong> more expensive then other<br />
similar knitting machin<strong>es</strong>. In the beginning, firm faced the unwillingn<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the banks to<br />
lend them the money. The entrepreneur interpret his experience with the banks with<br />
following comment: “The banks told us, so in what are you going to do your busin<strong>es</strong>s?<br />
There are so many socks producers. You do not have any chance.”<br />
5.1.2. CASE 2<br />
The second family busin<strong>es</strong>s was <strong>es</strong>tablished in 1992 by the parents and continue on<br />
the experience from the previous own firm with <strong>es</strong>oteric products (the products <strong>of</strong><br />
aromatherapy, literature about different religion). The family busin<strong>es</strong>s is in its second<br />
generation; hence, leading position has the father and his son. First firm was created<br />
in 1990 with the help <strong>of</strong> Austrian firm. The relationship between Slovak and Austrian<br />
entrepreneurs was not only busin<strong>es</strong>s but mainly a friendly one. However, during the<br />
communist period was very difficult to travel to abroad, but the entrepreneur, as a<br />
former a coach in handball had more possibiliti<strong>es</strong> for travelling to abroad. During his<br />
trips to Austria, he <strong>es</strong>tablished good relationship, which afterward helped him<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished own busin<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
In Slovakia, the sector <strong>of</strong> <strong>es</strong>otery products was unknown in time <strong>of</strong> early post-<br />
communist period. In spite <strong>of</strong> the fact, that the firm <strong>of</strong>fers the literature and product<br />
from different religions, the people blame the company. The firm fac<strong>es</strong> a problem <strong>of</strong><br />
misunderstanding mainly from the sympathizants <strong>of</strong> evangelic and catholic religions.<br />
This was an impulsion which oblig<strong>es</strong> the entrepreneur to change the main product.<br />
Therefore, the family decid<strong>es</strong> to focus only on the one part <strong>of</strong> <strong>es</strong>oteric and become<br />
specialized on aromatherapy. The main product is the hand made bath salts poured<br />
by teaspoons. This decision was encouraged also by the historical tradition <strong>of</strong> the salt<br />
min<strong>es</strong> in Prešov, where the firm is located.<br />
The firm starts production <strong>of</strong> bath salts in the balcony and bathroom <strong>of</strong> the family flat<br />
and employed four family members (parents, son and daughter) and one financial<br />
manager. In 2001 the firm was transformed into Limited Company. In December 2005<br />
63
about 17 employe<strong>es</strong> worked there. This number increas<strong>es</strong> to 48 employe<strong>es</strong> in the<br />
period <strong>of</strong> season (mainly Christmas time).<br />
The products are still hand made and each product has own story (based on its<br />
aroma, colour, or type as the salt is pour) created by the entrepreneurs. Some<br />
products are specially prepared for the repr<strong>es</strong>entation <strong>of</strong> other firm (as propagation or<br />
memorial things), when the salt is poured in colour and logo according to clients’<br />
requ<strong>es</strong>t. Hence, the firm enters market with new products where there was a high<br />
inter<strong>es</strong>t about th<strong>es</strong>e products in the beginning: “Home market was in growth in<br />
aromatherapy compare to pr<strong>es</strong>ent period. Today we do not have boom as before.<br />
…One retail from Banská Bystrica bought from us 300 000 aroma-lamps. At the<br />
pr<strong>es</strong>ent time if the same retail bought from us 3 000 aroma-lamps, and we could be<br />
happy.”<br />
5.1.3. CASE 3<br />
The firm was created in Prešov city, without any foreign capital, by three partners in<br />
1998 with the pure commercial aims to sell the products in the home market. The<br />
trade company focus<strong>es</strong> on selling regulation and automatization elements such as the<br />
electric actuators, control valv<strong>es</strong> and pneumatic elements. The application <strong>of</strong> th<strong>es</strong>e<br />
products is in several industri<strong>es</strong> such as energetic industry, food industry, or for heat<br />
energy regulation.<br />
All four founders known very well the products because they worked in state company<br />
which produced them. “We created complete new independent firm. … We join<br />
together; we well known the problems, market, product, clients so we start to sell it.”<br />
Although, the trade company was <strong>es</strong>tablished by three partners, the prevailing<br />
decision rights (with 70%) are in hand <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> them. This was the indispensable<br />
condition <strong>of</strong> this founder 21 (in continuing we focus on this entrepreneur) in the time <strong>of</strong><br />
firm’s creation. The entrepreneur worked in state manufacturing company for 16<br />
years. He went through different positions in that firm from basic workers, to<br />
commercial assistant and commercial manager. After the firm privatization they<br />
decided to <strong>es</strong>tablished own firm.<br />
The principal reason to start this busin<strong>es</strong>s was the need <strong>of</strong> achievement, and d<strong>es</strong>ire to<br />
exploit the opportuniti<strong>es</strong> which he saw in the market for that product. The founders<br />
21 The face to face interview was realized with this founder who has 70% <strong>of</strong> firm’s share.<br />
64
planed to expand their activiti<strong>es</strong> and their strategy was growth oriented. In 2000, they<br />
bought the manufacturing unit <strong>of</strong> privatized firm and accepted a new busin<strong>es</strong>s partner.<br />
“So we start th<strong>es</strong>e products also produce … and each year we are increasing our<br />
market share.” Since 2000, the firm also sell their products to foreign markets.<br />
This change means increased employment from four to 120 employe<strong>es</strong> then 180<br />
employe<strong>es</strong> in December 2005.<br />
5.1.4. CASE 4<br />
This firm has some similariti<strong>es</strong> with previous case because <strong>of</strong> the historical<br />
manufacturing tradition in communist period. The firm was created in 1951 and<br />
passed trough several chang<strong>es</strong>. The main change in firm’s management was because<br />
<strong>of</strong> non-transparent privatization in 1994 and 1995 and further, managers did not have<br />
an inter<strong>es</strong>t to continue in their busin<strong>es</strong>s. Their aim was only to gain money and very<br />
fast 22 .<br />
The last change in property has been in December <strong>of</strong> 2004. To complicated proc<strong>es</strong>s<br />
<strong>of</strong> property rights is common in post-communist country. The entrepreneur d<strong>es</strong>crib<strong>es</strong><br />
the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> firms’ acquire as: “The firm because <strong>of</strong> bankruptcy was <strong>of</strong>fered for sell<br />
by tender. The old firm stopped to produce and our new firm rented all the area,<br />
buildings, and machinery. We also rented the employe<strong>es</strong> …Hence, we rented the<br />
buildings and machinery but th<strong>es</strong>e things were the object <strong>of</strong> auction. In this action (two<br />
more firms were inter<strong>es</strong>ted in objects) we bought the buildings. The machineri<strong>es</strong> had<br />
another owner and we bought them also.”<br />
Four new managers have started to do busin<strong>es</strong>s and continue on the lasting tradition<br />
<strong>of</strong> machinery and foundry products that find their implementation at the mining and<br />
exploitation industri<strong>es</strong>, machinery, metallurgy, construction, power engineering, and<br />
agriculture. In spite <strong>of</strong> fact, that firm has four new managers; only two <strong>of</strong> them with the<br />
10% <strong>of</strong> the action work daily in the firm in Hliník nad Hronom. The decision control<br />
over the firm, with 40% <strong>of</strong> action has other two managers. Th<strong>es</strong>e tow managers live<br />
far away from the firms’ location. The firm do<strong>es</strong> not have any foreign capital.<br />
22 Through similar proc<strong>es</strong>s initiated with firm’s privatization, followed by a progr<strong>es</strong>sive selling <strong>of</strong> the<br />
firms’s activ<strong>es</strong> to bring firms to the bankruptcy passed many others Slovakian firms.<br />
65
The previous management has a financial problem. They were no able to pay a salary<br />
for more that 150 employe<strong>es</strong> on time. “The previous management did not pay the<br />
salary for three months.”<br />
5.1.5. CASE 5<br />
In 1998; two founders, one German and one Slovak man <strong>es</strong>tablished a consulting firm<br />
in Žiar nad Hronom. The firm starts with two employe<strong>es</strong>. At the time <strong>of</strong> interview they<br />
employed 17 peopl<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The initial impetus to <strong>es</strong>tablish that busin<strong>es</strong>s emerged by serendipity. During the<br />
vacation time, the pr<strong>es</strong>ent Slovak entrepreneur was on hiking road trip across the<br />
Europe. During this trip, he knew the German man who was the founder <strong>of</strong> German<br />
service firm. After the conversation, German <strong>of</strong>fered to him to create a new firm in<br />
Slovakia in similar type <strong>of</strong> servic<strong>es</strong> as had his firm in Germany.<br />
“It was very fast.” Slovak entrepreneur have no inter<strong>es</strong>t in such kind <strong>of</strong> busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
before. Consequently, they <strong>es</strong>tablished new independent Slovak firm. Hence, because<br />
<strong>of</strong> different vision <strong>of</strong> the firm’s management and price policy, the German partner<br />
abandoned the firm one year after.<br />
Firm <strong>of</strong>fers the servic<strong>es</strong> in the consultation and training for the development <strong>of</strong><br />
management systems, servic<strong>es</strong> in information systems, IT security, internal; and<br />
external audit. The firm’s clients are SMEs and large firm from different industri<strong>es</strong>,<br />
such as textile, automobile, chemistry, food, and construction.<br />
The firm’s home competency has to be evaluated according to firm size. “There are<br />
many small self-employed. Someone has a pr<strong>es</strong>entation on CD and <strong>of</strong>fers such<br />
servic<strong>es</strong>, as his another job. Hence, the similar to our firm’s size in Slovakia are three<br />
more” The firm’s succ<strong>es</strong>s in sectors <strong>of</strong> consultancy is confirmed by the national prize<br />
<strong>of</strong> Slovakia for quality, which firm gained in 2005.<br />
5.1.6. CASE 6<br />
The last firm is located in Zvolen and was <strong>es</strong>tablished in 1998 with German foreign<br />
capital. The firm <strong>of</strong>fers the servic<strong>es</strong> in the geographical information systems and main<br />
service is the data proc<strong>es</strong>sing. The work on different projects is very exacting because<br />
many projects require learning <strong>of</strong> new s<strong>of</strong>tware. At the same time, this kind <strong>of</strong> work<br />
requir<strong>es</strong> employee’s patient and concentration for long hours <strong>of</strong> work.<br />
66
Hence the firm was <strong>es</strong>tablished by two persons, araised as the r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> self<br />
employment transformation. The collaboration between Slovak self employed and<br />
German company took about 3 years before.<br />
The Slovak man starts to work for the German company as self employed during the<br />
post-gradual study in the university. They know each other gracious to relations<br />
between German entrepreneur and father <strong>of</strong> Slovak man. Following, German<br />
entrepreneur <strong>of</strong>fers to Slovak partner to continue in the collaboration and to <strong>es</strong>tablish<br />
new firm. “From their side arise the qu<strong>es</strong>tion if I want to start to do the busin<strong>es</strong>s in<br />
Slovakia.” Finally, a new subsidiary firm was created with 80% <strong>of</strong> German capital. “In<br />
the begging I had worked in the home, than we rent the <strong>of</strong>fice and then after employed<br />
the first, second, third and fourth employer.”<br />
Slovak firm received most <strong>of</strong> the project from Parent Company. About the 98% <strong>of</strong> work<br />
are servic<strong>es</strong> for German clients. The entrepreneur has an inter<strong>es</strong>t to start looking for<br />
another market as well <strong>of</strong>fers the servic<strong>es</strong> also in home Slovak market and such to<br />
ensure the firm growth and risk diversification.<br />
The firm starts with six employe<strong>es</strong> and grown to nine employe<strong>es</strong> in December 2005.<br />
The number <strong>of</strong> employe<strong>es</strong> vari<strong>es</strong> about two or four more according to requirements <strong>of</strong><br />
the project in which the firm is actually working.<br />
The d<strong>es</strong>cription <strong>of</strong> firm’s competency entrepreneur pr<strong>es</strong>ents as: “The market in<br />
Slovakia is covered; the qu<strong>es</strong>tion is if th<strong>es</strong>e firms are able to compete with their price<br />
and quality <strong>of</strong> servic<strong>es</strong>. I do not have detailed information about their kind <strong>of</strong> servic<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The market in Germany is covered, in France also. The market is covered<br />
everywhere. The qu<strong>es</strong>tion is the relation between the price and quality <strong>of</strong> operating<br />
firms.”<br />
5.1.7. Summary <strong>of</strong> individual case analysis<br />
The tabl<strong>es</strong> 15, 16, 17 and 18 bring the summary about six cas<strong>es</strong> according to four<br />
topics: firm basic information, founder’s characteristics and background, international<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong> and support program for SMEs.<br />
About firms (table 15):<br />
• One firm (case 4) has a long historical tradition from the communist period. Since<br />
1951 firm passed through several chang<strong>es</strong> in management directors. The firm 3<br />
67
also sells the product with the long historical tradition but under new independent<br />
from the previous one brand.<br />
• The firms were <strong>es</strong>tablished in period <strong>of</strong> years 1992 and 2004. The first created in<br />
1992 was case 2 and the last in 2004, cas<strong>es</strong> 4 and 6.<br />
• The firms employ between 13 till 200 employe<strong>es</strong> (December 2005). All firms are<br />
growing in number <strong>of</strong> employe<strong>es</strong>. The most rapid growth about 176 employe<strong>es</strong><br />
during the 7 years has a case 3. This change is related with the transformation <strong>of</strong><br />
the commercial into also manufacturing company. According to the size, there are<br />
one micro firm (case 6), three small firms (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, and 5) and two medium firms<br />
with about 180 employe<strong>es</strong> (cas<strong>es</strong> 3 and 4).<br />
• While for entrepreneurs from case 2 and 4 it is second created firm, for<br />
entrepreneurs from cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 3, 5, and 6, it is the first <strong>es</strong>tablished firm.<br />
• Two firms (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 3) are allocated in region <strong>of</strong> Prešov and the r<strong>es</strong>t in region<br />
<strong>of</strong> Banská Bystrica (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 4, 5 and 6).<br />
• Only one <strong>of</strong> the firms (case 2) was <strong>es</strong>tablished by women, hence this firm is a<br />
family busin<strong>es</strong>s in second generation. Another family busin<strong>es</strong>s is case 1. Firm is in<br />
first generation, because children are too young to participate on busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
• Two firms are from servic<strong>es</strong> sector <strong>of</strong> consultancy, data digitalization (cas<strong>es</strong> 5 and<br />
6), three from manufactured production: in textile, metallurgic, and electro-technical<br />
industry (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 3 and 4) and one (case 2) produc<strong>es</strong> hand made aromatherapy<br />
products.<br />
• The importance <strong>of</strong> innovation for busin<strong>es</strong>s, with the exception <strong>of</strong> case 2 is<br />
confirmed by five firms. The case 2 str<strong>es</strong>s<strong>es</strong> more creativity because <strong>of</strong>fers the<br />
hand made products.<br />
• The four entrepreneurs started their busin<strong>es</strong>s with previous knowledge about the<br />
type <strong>of</strong> product, the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> production, the market (case 1, 3 and 4), servic<strong>es</strong><br />
(case 6) and two started in complete unknown area (case 2 and 5).<br />
68
• Three <strong>of</strong> the firms (case 1, 3, and 4), have started without any foreign inv<strong>es</strong>tment,<br />
three <strong>of</strong> firms with foreign inv<strong>es</strong>tment. Firms 2, 5, and 6 were <strong>es</strong>tablished with the<br />
help <strong>of</strong> foreign partner. While in case 2 and 6 it was more informal – friendly<br />
contact, in the case 5 it was more formal relationship.<br />
About founders (table 16):<br />
• According to founders’ age when they constitute their firms, two categori<strong>es</strong> can be<br />
observed. Between 21 and 29 years (cas<strong>es</strong> 5 and 6) and between 36 and 45 years<br />
(cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, 4, and 5).<br />
• Five entrepreneurs have a university degree, technical university (cas<strong>es</strong> 3, 4 and<br />
6), economical university (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 5). Only entrepreneur from case 1 has a<br />
college technical education. His study was specialized on the knitting machin<strong>es</strong> for<br />
socks production.<br />
• Four entrepreneurs have previous labour (cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 4, and 5) or study (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and<br />
6) experience in abroad, which took more than 2 month. Entrepreneurs from case<br />
1 and 3 do not have such experience.<br />
• All firms have in leading position someone who speaks one or more foreign<br />
languag<strong>es</strong>. In cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 the entrepreneurs speak English. In case 1<br />
the entrepreneur’s brother who participat<strong>es</strong> in marketing activiti<strong>es</strong> speaks English.<br />
B<strong>es</strong>ide that, entrepreneurs have knowledge <strong>of</strong> German (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 6), Russian<br />
(case 3) and French language (case 4).<br />
About foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> (table 17):<br />
• Two firms start to sell their product (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 4) and <strong>of</strong>fer servic<strong>es</strong> to abroad<br />
(case 6) from their inception. In two years after internationalize also cas<strong>es</strong> 3 and 5,<br />
and in three years after the start up case 1.<br />
• The first mode <strong>of</strong> entry <strong>of</strong> all firms was exporting. The direct for cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, 4, 5 and<br />
6 and indirect export for cas<strong>es</strong> 1 and 2.<br />
• Five interviewed firms export to Slovak’s economically and culturally closen<strong>es</strong>s<br />
country <strong>of</strong> Czech Republic. The exception was only case 6.<br />
69
• There is prevailing dominance <strong>of</strong> geographically close countri<strong>es</strong> as Austria (case<br />
2), Poland, Hungary (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 3), Germany (case 3, 4, and 6). However, the<br />
firms sell their product also to United Arab Emirat<strong>es</strong> (case 2) or Iraq, India, China<br />
(case 3), and Virgin Island (case 5).<br />
• The most important advantage <strong>of</strong> internet using is the fast external (cas<strong>es</strong> 3, 4, 5,<br />
and 6).and internal (cas<strong>es</strong> 3 and 6) communication.<br />
• For cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, and 5 is the internet source <strong>of</strong> possible new clients and other<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s contacts and new information (cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, 4, and 6).<br />
• Except the case 6, five firms have web page. Four in Slovak and English language<br />
(cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, 4 and 5). Case 1 only in Slovak language.<br />
• Except the case 6, five firms pr<strong>es</strong>ent their busin<strong>es</strong>s, products and servic<strong>es</strong> in<br />
dom<strong>es</strong>tic and foreign fairs.<br />
About the entrepreneurs experience with the support programm<strong>es</strong> (table 18):<br />
• Half, three <strong>of</strong> the entrepreneurs have the experience with support programm<strong>es</strong><br />
(cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, and 5) and half not.<br />
• The reasons and problems why the entrepreneurs do not use the support help for<br />
their busin<strong>es</strong>s are: untransparent proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> solicitations (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 3),<br />
interrelated lack <strong>of</strong> thrust between institutions <strong>of</strong>fering such programm<strong>es</strong> and firms<br />
(cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, and 3), and the lack <strong>of</strong> information about such programm<strong>es</strong> (case 1, 4<br />
and 6).<br />
• The low inter<strong>es</strong>t <strong>of</strong> support institution to help introduce Slovak firms into foreign<br />
market pr<strong>es</strong>ent cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 5.<br />
70
Table 15: Firm’s basic information<br />
Year <strong>of</strong> firm’s<br />
creation<br />
Organizational<br />
change after the<br />
start-up<br />
Actual legal<br />
form#<br />
Number <strong>of</strong><br />
founders<br />
CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3 CASE 4 CASE 5 CASE 6<br />
1996 1992 1998 2004 1998 2004<br />
No<br />
2 brothers and 1<br />
cousin.<br />
Entrepreneurs’<br />
gender Men<br />
The firm starts as selfemployer,<br />
in 2001<br />
was transformed into<br />
s.r.o.<br />
The firm starts as<br />
small trade company.<br />
In 2000 firm bought<br />
the production parts.<br />
The firm was<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablised has a<br />
tradition since 1951<br />
and passed through<br />
privatization and<br />
several managerial<br />
chang<strong>es</strong>.<br />
No No<br />
s.r.o. s.r.o. s.r.o. a.s. s.r.o. s.r.o.<br />
1 person, after the<br />
transformation in<br />
2001 two more<br />
persons became the<br />
partners.<br />
Woman<br />
After 2001 two men<br />
enter<br />
3 persons with the<br />
share <strong>of</strong> 70 %, 15%<br />
and 15%.<br />
After 2000 one more,<br />
4 persons (70%, 10%,<br />
10% 10%).<br />
4 persons with the<br />
share <strong>of</strong> 10%, 10%,<br />
40% and 40%.<br />
2 persons – Slovak<br />
and German.<br />
2 persons – Slovak<br />
and German.<br />
Men Men Men Men<br />
Family busin<strong>es</strong>s Y<strong>es</strong> Y<strong>es</strong> No No No No<br />
Industry<br />
Textile industry<br />
Aromatherapy<br />
/cosmetic industry<br />
Electro-technical Metallurgy industry Servic<strong>es</strong> Servic<strong>es</strong><br />
Main product<br />
Number <strong>of</strong><br />
Wide sort <strong>of</strong> socks.<br />
Bath salts, bath oils,<br />
fragrant lamps, and<br />
fragrant dried flowers.<br />
Electric actuators,<br />
control valv<strong>es</strong> and<br />
pneumatic elements.<br />
Consultancy and<br />
Mining equipment,<br />
education servic<strong>es</strong> in<br />
locomotive, industrial<br />
information systems,<br />
vacuum cleaner, and<br />
IT security, internal<br />
agriculture machinery.<br />
and external audit.<br />
Servic<strong>es</strong> in the<br />
geographical<br />
information systems.<br />
employe<strong>es</strong><br />
when the firm<br />
start / XII.2005<br />
2/13<br />
3/17 – 48 seasonal<br />
workers<br />
4 /180 180/186 2/17<br />
6/7+5 seasonal<br />
workers<br />
City <strong>of</strong> location Banská Štiavnica/ Prešov/<br />
Prešov/<br />
Hliník nad Hronom/ Žiar nad Hronom/ Zvolen/<br />
/region<br />
Banská Bystrica Prešov<br />
Prešov<br />
Banská Bystrica Banská Bystrica Banská Bystrica<br />
71
Table 15: (Continued)<br />
Innovation<br />
Foreign<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tment<br />
The principal<br />
impetus which<br />
lead<br />
entrepreneur to<br />
start own<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
#Abreviattions:<br />
s.r.o. – Limited Company,<br />
a.s. – Join Stock Company<br />
Firm inv<strong>es</strong>ts in new<br />
machin<strong>es</strong>. Every year,<br />
firm buy one or two<br />
new machin<strong>es</strong> and<br />
introduce about<br />
developing <strong>of</strong><br />
completely new socks<br />
d<strong>es</strong>igns.<br />
Hand made<br />
production. The str<strong>es</strong>s<br />
on the creativity. Each<br />
product has own<br />
story, which becom<strong>es</strong><br />
part <strong>of</strong> the product.<br />
Firm inv<strong>es</strong>ts into new<br />
technologi<strong>es</strong>; they are<br />
important, for the<br />
cooperation projects<br />
and for further<br />
product’s<br />
development.<br />
The innovation is<br />
important but in same<br />
time exciting and<br />
financial strenuous.<br />
The firm has to pay<br />
the debt from the<br />
previous<br />
managements.<br />
No No No No<br />
Entrepreneur had a<br />
labour experience<br />
with socks’<br />
production. He<br />
worked for firm owned<br />
by his relative and<br />
during the three<br />
years, obtained<br />
experience on how to<br />
start the busin<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
The firms has some<br />
financial problems,<br />
therefore he decided<br />
to <strong>es</strong>tablish his own<br />
firm.<br />
After the velvet<br />
revolution and with<br />
the help <strong>of</strong> Austrian<br />
friends, the firm was<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished in<br />
Slovakia. The region<br />
has a long tradition in<br />
bath salts which<br />
enhance the decision<br />
to <strong>es</strong>tablish a firm.<br />
From the inception,<br />
the firm had export<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
New trade firm with<br />
the aim to sell the<br />
products, which the<br />
founders know very<br />
well; firstly, in home<br />
market. They know<br />
the product, clients,<br />
and problems related<br />
to that kind <strong>of</strong><br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s. The<br />
principal reason was<br />
the need <strong>of</strong><br />
independence and the<br />
identification <strong>of</strong><br />
market opportuniti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
To continue and to be<br />
competitive with a low<br />
labour cost, to inv<strong>es</strong>t<br />
into new machinery,<br />
and gain the<br />
advantag<strong>es</strong>.<br />
To continue a tradition<br />
<strong>of</strong> our product and to<br />
earn more money. It<br />
is more beneficial to<br />
sell the product to<br />
foreign partners.<br />
The innovation is very<br />
important for the firm.<br />
The new servic<strong>es</strong> are<br />
still adapted<br />
according to new<br />
needs <strong>of</strong> clients.<br />
About 50 -60 % <strong>of</strong><br />
new servic<strong>es</strong> are<br />
based on the client’s<br />
recommendation and<br />
comments.<br />
Hence, the firm was<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished with<br />
foreign capital; a<br />
German partner, after<br />
first year, left the<br />
company because he<br />
had a different vision<br />
<strong>of</strong> doing the busin<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
During the vacation<br />
and travelling via<br />
hiking Slovak<br />
entrepreneur knew<br />
the German future<br />
partner. They decided<br />
to <strong>es</strong>tablish new<br />
company in Slovakia.<br />
The innovation is very<br />
important; there is<br />
need to buy and to<br />
learn new program in<br />
which the client needs<br />
the final digitalization<br />
<strong>of</strong> its data.<br />
Y<strong>es</strong> 80 % <strong>of</strong> financial<br />
capital.<br />
The entrepreneur,<br />
during his post<br />
gradual studi<strong>es</strong>,<br />
worked for the foreign<br />
company, which after<br />
4 years <strong>of</strong><br />
collaboration, made<br />
an <strong>of</strong>fer to him to<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished new firm<br />
in Slovakia.<br />
72
Table 16: Founder’s characteristics<br />
Age when the<br />
entrepreneur <strong>es</strong>tablished<br />
the firm<br />
Type <strong>of</strong> education<br />
Labour experience<br />
Previous foreign<br />
experience (study abroad,<br />
work stage for more than<br />
2 month)<br />
Knowledge <strong>of</strong> foreign<br />
languag<strong>es</strong><br />
CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3 CASE 4 CASE 5 CASE 6<br />
36 43 40 45 21 29<br />
Secondary school –<br />
knitting technique.<br />
13 years, related to<br />
the socks<br />
production.<br />
3 years in small<br />
socks production at<br />
his relative’s firm.<br />
Education in<br />
humane science.<br />
The son has an<br />
economical<br />
education.<br />
Mother worked in<br />
library. Father used<br />
to work for retail<br />
shop with electro<br />
dom<strong>es</strong>tics.<br />
<strong>University</strong> technical<br />
education. -<br />
Electrical engineer<br />
He works in a large<br />
state firm, where he<br />
passed through<br />
different positions<br />
from a worker till<br />
manager <strong>of</strong> sal<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Technical university Economic university Technical university<br />
In commercial<br />
department for 2<br />
years. Manager <strong>of</strong><br />
international trade<br />
in metallurgic<br />
company for 15<br />
years.<br />
Any.<br />
Self employed; in<br />
the same busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
for two years.<br />
No Y<strong>es</strong> No Y<strong>es</strong> Y<strong>es</strong> Y<strong>es</strong><br />
He do<strong>es</strong> not; but his<br />
relative, who helps<br />
with marketing<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong>, speaks<br />
English.<br />
Mother speaks<br />
German.<br />
Son speaks<br />
German and<br />
English.<br />
English<br />
Russian<br />
French<br />
English<br />
English<br />
German,<br />
English<br />
73
Table 17: International activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
How many years<br />
after the start/up<br />
initiate international<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3 CASE 4 CASE 5 CASE 6<br />
Three years after<br />
start/up, which is<br />
1999<br />
Mode <strong>of</strong> entry • 1999 Indirect<br />
Export<br />
D<strong>es</strong>tiny <strong>of</strong><br />
international<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong> #<br />
Internet importance<br />
and its use<br />
Own webpage<br />
From inception in<br />
1990.<br />
• 1992 direct and<br />
indirect Export,<br />
• 2001in CR branch<br />
<strong>of</strong>fice,<br />
• 2005 exclusive<br />
repr<strong>es</strong>entation for<br />
Benelux and UAE.<br />
CR. CR, Austria, Poland,<br />
Ukraine, Hungary,<br />
Benelux, UAE.<br />
• for searching new<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s contacts<br />
• feedback about the<br />
products from the<br />
clients<br />
• plan to start with<br />
the internet shop,<br />
• important for the<br />
firms pr<strong>es</strong>entation,<br />
• 1998 virtual trade<br />
• many new client<br />
found the firm<br />
contact via internet<br />
• the inspiration for<br />
new product<br />
segment<br />
• www.alibaba.com<br />
for new contacts<br />
Two years after<br />
start/up, which is<br />
2000<br />
• 2000 direct export,<br />
• In 2001 branch,<br />
<strong>of</strong>fice in Poland,<br />
2004 in CR.<br />
Poland, CR, Ukraine,<br />
Estonia, Russia,<br />
Hungary, Latvia,<br />
Lithuania,<br />
Byelorussia.<br />
Germany, Iraq<br />
China, and India.<br />
Plan: Serbia,<br />
Bulgaria and Spain.<br />
• important for<br />
internal and<br />
external<br />
communication,<br />
• important for the<br />
cooperation<br />
relationships.<br />
From inception in<br />
2004<br />
• The firm continu<strong>es</strong><br />
with the export<br />
relationships<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished by<br />
previous<br />
managements.<br />
Germany, CR,<br />
France, Italy, VI.<br />
• the clients find the<br />
information about<br />
the firm and ask for<br />
price quotation<br />
• for fast internal and<br />
external<br />
communication<br />
• the source <strong>of</strong> useful<br />
information for our<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
• important for the<br />
cooperation<br />
relationships<br />
Two years after<br />
start/up, which is<br />
2002<br />
• 2002 direct export<br />
into CR,<br />
• 2006 branch <strong>of</strong>fice<br />
in Serbia.<br />
CR, Serbia.<br />
Plan: Poland,<br />
Rumania, Bulgaria<br />
• for the firm<br />
pr<strong>es</strong>entation<br />
• the communication<br />
with the clients<br />
• to search new<br />
information and<br />
new possible clients<br />
1999-2000 1998 2002 2005 2000<br />
From inception in<br />
2004<br />
• Direct export into<br />
Germany via parent<br />
firm.<br />
Germany<br />
Plan: Slovak,<br />
Denmark and<br />
France.<br />
• important for<br />
internal and<br />
external<br />
communication,<br />
• for transfer <strong>of</strong> data.<br />
• the employe<strong>es</strong><br />
work by sharing<br />
servers<br />
“if we do not have an<br />
internet connection,<br />
we do not have what<br />
it tak<strong>es</strong> to do in<br />
work”.<br />
Working on the web<br />
page<br />
74
Table 17: (Continued)<br />
In which languag<strong>es</strong><br />
is the firm’s<br />
webpage<br />
Contacts abroad<br />
formal/informal<br />
Initial impetus to<br />
start foreign<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
Motivation with<br />
international trade<br />
Pr<strong>es</strong>entation in<br />
fairs or conference<br />
Slovak<br />
Slovak<br />
English<br />
Slovak<br />
English<br />
Slovak<br />
English<br />
Slovak<br />
English<br />
No/No Y<strong>es</strong>/Y<strong>es</strong> Y<strong>es</strong>/No No/Y<strong>es</strong> No/Y<strong>es</strong> Y<strong>es</strong>/Y<strong>es</strong><br />
His busin<strong>es</strong>s partner<br />
<strong>of</strong>fered to the<br />
entrepreneur the<br />
allocation <strong>of</strong> his<br />
socks product in the<br />
Czech market.<br />
The impetus for<br />
export com<strong>es</strong> from<br />
the outside, the<br />
unsolicited demand.<br />
• to know if the<br />
products are<br />
competitive in<br />
foreign market, or<br />
how it differs from<br />
foreign products<br />
• entry via export<br />
through<br />
commercial partner<br />
who had a long<br />
and trustful<br />
relationship with<br />
the entrepreneur.<br />
Italy, Czech<br />
Republic, Slovakia<br />
The foreign clients<br />
found the firm and<br />
<strong>of</strong>fered a contract for<br />
its exclusive<br />
repr<strong>es</strong>entation.<br />
The impetus for<br />
export com<strong>es</strong> from<br />
the outside; the<br />
unsolicited demand.<br />
• good feeling to see<br />
our product on<br />
foreign markets<br />
• to see that the<br />
consumers like and<br />
enjoy our products<br />
Slovakia, Czech<br />
Republic,<br />
Netherlands<br />
The firm was created<br />
with the aim to grow.<br />
It is the natural way<br />
for firm development<br />
because the home<br />
market is too small.<br />
The firm is actively<br />
entering new<br />
markets.<br />
• based on own<br />
commercial<br />
contacts from the<br />
previous<br />
employment<br />
position, continue<br />
in exporting<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
• Slovak market is<br />
small; there is a<br />
natural need to go<br />
to foreign market<br />
and to grow.<br />
• only “to endure”<br />
Slovakia, Czech<br />
Republic, Spain,<br />
Croatia, Bulgaria,<br />
Germany, Rumania<br />
The principal aim is<br />
money and to earn<br />
more money.<br />
• the export to<br />
foreign countri<strong>es</strong><br />
base on our<br />
advantage <strong>of</strong> the<br />
low labour cost and<br />
skilled employe<strong>es</strong><br />
in metallurgic<br />
industry,<br />
• if you know that<br />
your product fulfils<br />
a level <strong>of</strong> quality<br />
and your delivery is<br />
on time; there is no<br />
problem to export<br />
The entrepreneur<br />
wants to build an<br />
international<br />
company. The home<br />
market is too small<br />
for the firm’s<br />
expansion. The<br />
entrepreneur decided<br />
enters developing<br />
markets as Bulgaria,<br />
Serbia, and<br />
Rumania.<br />
• the home market is<br />
to small and there<br />
is no more<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
opportuniti<strong>es</strong> for<br />
further firm’s<br />
growth<br />
• the markets <strong>of</strong> new<br />
developing<br />
economi<strong>es</strong> such as<br />
Bulgarian,<br />
Rumanian or<br />
Serbian are.<br />
France, Germany Slovakia, Turkey No<br />
-<br />
To find other market,<br />
there is the need for<br />
the risk<br />
diversification and for<br />
further busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
growth.<br />
• to obtain the<br />
referenc<strong>es</strong>,<br />
• the employers gain<br />
a new experience<br />
in foreign market,<br />
• to get jobs for<br />
more people,<br />
• to growth<br />
• the risk<br />
diversification, do<br />
not depend on the<br />
one foreign market,<br />
75
Table 17: (Continued)<br />
Volume <strong>of</strong> export<br />
sal<strong>es</strong><br />
Problems with<br />
international trade<br />
Czech Republic,<br />
2002 – l<strong>es</strong>s than<br />
10%,<br />
2003 and 2004<br />
between 10 – 24 %<br />
• the prejudice that<br />
Czech socks<br />
production is <strong>of</strong><br />
higher<br />
technological,<br />
d<strong>es</strong>ign and<br />
qualitative levelfinancial<br />
strenuous.<br />
• firms’ limited<br />
production capacity<br />
• the worry about the<br />
loss <strong>of</strong> control over<br />
the busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
because <strong>of</strong> fast<br />
growth<br />
• unwillingn<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong><br />
small foreign firms<br />
to incur initial<br />
increased costs<br />
because <strong>of</strong> higher<br />
fe<strong>es</strong> related to<br />
payment into<br />
foreign banks and<br />
documental<br />
bureaucracy.<br />
Austria<br />
1992: 25-49%<br />
1995: 1998 and<br />
2005: l<strong>es</strong>s than<br />
10%<br />
Benelux<br />
2005: l<strong>es</strong>s than 10%<br />
Czech Republic,<br />
1995: l<strong>es</strong>s than 10%<br />
2002, 2005: 10-24%<br />
• there is no national<br />
inter<strong>es</strong>ts to help<br />
and promote the<br />
Slovak firms such<br />
as for SMEs export<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
• the lack <strong>of</strong> financial<br />
support for SMEs<br />
pr<strong>es</strong>entation in the<br />
fairs<br />
• our national Slovak<br />
language can be<br />
used only in<br />
Slovakia,<br />
• lot <strong>of</strong> work with the<br />
preparation for the<br />
export activiti<strong>es</strong>,<br />
and maybe the<br />
same effort in<br />
home market could<br />
brings more benefit<br />
• entry into foreign<br />
market with<br />
someone whose<br />
knows that market;<br />
very difficult to find<br />
this help.<br />
Czech Republic,<br />
2002-2003, 25-49%<br />
2004: 10-24%<br />
2005: 25-49%<br />
Russia<br />
2002-2003: 25-49%<br />
2004-2005: more<br />
than 50%<br />
• Other market do<br />
not know much<br />
about our country,<br />
• they know what is<br />
Czechoslovakia but<br />
Slovakia is l<strong>es</strong>s<br />
known<br />
• foreign clients do<br />
not know<br />
anything about our<br />
product, and this is<br />
the basic problem<br />
for building the<br />
firm’s brand.<br />
Russia<br />
2005: 10-24%<br />
Germany<br />
2005: 25-49%<br />
• the entrepreneur<br />
did not specify any<br />
problems or<br />
barriers related to<br />
international trade<br />
#Abbreviation: CR: Czech Republic, UAE: United Arab Emirat<strong>es</strong>, VI: Virgin Island,<br />
Czech Republic,<br />
2002-2005 l<strong>es</strong>s than<br />
10%<br />
• the problem is to<br />
find a trustful<br />
person in foreign<br />
markets,<br />
• the different<br />
mentality, culture <strong>of</strong><br />
Serbian clients<br />
Germany<br />
2004 and 2005<br />
More than 50 % <strong>of</strong><br />
the sal<strong>es</strong><br />
• to convince that<br />
some Slovak firms<br />
are able to <strong>of</strong>fer<br />
qualitative<br />
servic<strong>es</strong>.<br />
• foreign clients do<br />
not know our<br />
country.<br />
• the firm do<strong>es</strong> not<br />
have a tradition<br />
and referenc<strong>es</strong>.<br />
• the problem is to<br />
find a trustful<br />
person in foreign<br />
markets,<br />
76
Table 18: Support program for SMEs<br />
Have you ever used any<br />
support programme<br />
If y<strong>es</strong>, which problems<br />
were detected?<br />
CASE 1 CASE 2 CASE 3 CASE 4 CASE 5 CASE 6<br />
No<br />
Missing<br />
information about<br />
support program<br />
Do not trust and<br />
do not believe<br />
that they can<br />
really help the<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
Y<strong>es</strong>, through the<br />
Ministry <strong>of</strong><br />
Construction, and<br />
Ministry <strong>of</strong> Labour<br />
Social Affairs and<br />
Family.<br />
Very low national<br />
inter<strong>es</strong>t to introduce<br />
Slovak firms into<br />
foreign markets.<br />
Hence, the firm<br />
applied for two<br />
programm<strong>es</strong> and did<br />
not receive the<br />
financial support. For<br />
one project, the<br />
finance help was<br />
obtained when the<br />
project was realized<br />
and second project<br />
fulfilled all the<br />
requirements, but<br />
there was a lack <strong>of</strong><br />
financial r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong>.<br />
To obtain some<br />
financial support from<br />
EU funds is easier<br />
directly from Brussels<br />
than from Bratislava.<br />
Y<strong>es</strong>, through -<br />
NADSME<br />
Untransparent,<br />
inflexible proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong><br />
solicitations.<br />
Without the lobbing,<br />
it is almost<br />
impossible to obtain<br />
the financial support<br />
even for very well<br />
prepared projects.<br />
No<br />
Because the firm<br />
operat<strong>es</strong> in market<br />
for only one year<br />
and the firm could<br />
not identify any<br />
support programme<br />
for such firm.<br />
Y<strong>es</strong>, EU funds<br />
directly from<br />
Brussels.<br />
Entrepreneur<br />
enhanc<strong>es</strong> the<br />
importance not only<br />
for the financial<br />
support, but also<br />
the help to find and<br />
to identify the<br />
foreign clients and<br />
commercial<br />
partners. There is<br />
need <strong>of</strong> the<br />
introduction <strong>of</strong><br />
Slovak busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
into foreign<br />
markets.<br />
No<br />
The firm do<strong>es</strong> not<br />
know about any<br />
helps or support for<br />
its special kind <strong>of</strong><br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
Because we <strong>of</strong>fer<br />
very specifically<br />
servic<strong>es</strong>.<br />
77
5.2. Comparative analysis<br />
The comparative cross cas<strong>es</strong> analys<strong>es</strong> used the pattern matching analysis together<br />
with three groups <strong>of</strong> proposed r<strong>es</strong>earch qu<strong>es</strong>tions.<br />
5.2.1. Why do Slovak SMEs enter foreign market/s?<br />
RQ1 What are the motivations factors leading Slovak SMEs to internationalize?<br />
The entrepreneur’s decision to expand the busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> into foreign market is<br />
never influenced by one isolated motivation (internal or external) but <strong>of</strong>ten is related to<br />
the initial entrepreneur’s vision about the firm in time <strong>of</strong> firm’s <strong>es</strong>tablishment. One<br />
important fact that has to be considered is that not all SMEs d<strong>es</strong>ire to grow. Some<br />
entrepreneurs do not want to lose the control and are not able to delegate some<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ponsibiliti<strong>es</strong> to another manager (case 1). More proactive motivations are observed<br />
in firms 3, 4, 5, and 6, while more reactive motivations in cas<strong>es</strong> 1, and 2. The<br />
summary <strong>of</strong> observed firms’ internal proactive, internal reactive, external proactive and<br />
internal reactive motivations for internationalization is pr<strong>es</strong>ented in table 19.<br />
Table 19: The motivation for firm export<br />
Proactive • Growth and pr<strong>of</strong>it growth (case<br />
3, 4, 5, 6)<br />
Internal External<br />
• To t<strong>es</strong>t the competency <strong>of</strong><br />
products into foreign market<br />
(case 1)<br />
• To gain a new referenc<strong>es</strong> (case<br />
6)<br />
• To use the advantage <strong>of</strong><br />
cheaper workforce (case 4, 6)<br />
• Foreign market opportuniti<strong>es</strong> (case<br />
3)<br />
• Foreign formal or informal contact<br />
(case 2, 6)<br />
Reactive • Risk diversification (case 6) • Competitive pr<strong>es</strong>sur<strong>es</strong> (case 4)<br />
Internal proactive motivation<br />
• Unsolicited orders (case 1, 2)<br />
• Small home market (case 3, 4, 5,<br />
6)<br />
The most indicated factors for internationalization are internal proactive. The firm’s<br />
growth and pr<strong>of</strong>it growth motive cas<strong>es</strong> 3, 4, 5, 6 to internationalize. “Money, earn<br />
much more money” highlights the commercial manager (case 4) as the principal<br />
reason for decision to internationalize. Entrepreneur from case 6 highlights also the<br />
importance to gain new referenc<strong>es</strong> through the internationalization.<br />
78
The strong motivation to enter Czech market for entrepreneur from case 1 was to t<strong>es</strong>t<br />
the competency <strong>of</strong> products into foreign market. There was more emotional than<br />
economical motivation leading the entrepreneur’ curiosity to know if the products will<br />
be good also for foreign customers.<br />
The commercial manager <strong>of</strong> metallurgic firm (case 4) pr<strong>es</strong>ents that compared to close<br />
foreign German market the Slovak firm can compete with the low price mainly<br />
because <strong>of</strong> cheaper workforce. The Slovakian tradition into metallurgic sector with the<br />
skilled employe<strong>es</strong> enhanc<strong>es</strong> the firm’s competitive position into foreign market.<br />
Also the entrepreneur from case 6 se<strong>es</strong> the advantage for the competency the lower<br />
Slovak wag<strong>es</strong>, hence this advantage he considers as temporal.<br />
Internal reactive motivation<br />
It is a bit surprising that only for one firm is the risk diversification is one <strong>of</strong> stimuli<br />
factor for internationalization. The case 6 <strong>of</strong>fers the servic<strong>es</strong> for German market<br />
mainly because <strong>of</strong> 80% firm’s initial capital is in German hand. The entrepreneur plans<br />
to start operate in home market <strong>of</strong> Slovakia and expand into France and Denmark<br />
market. The reason for such decision is enhance risk diversification. “We have to<br />
stand on two legs. We have a strong dependence on our parent firm. Hence, I have to<br />
take care, that if the parent firm will have some problem I will have the work and also<br />
have to give the work to my employe<strong>es</strong>. ... Risk diversification, more clients, and more<br />
possibiliti<strong>es</strong>. When we lost one, we need to have one remain.” (case 6).<br />
External proactive motivation<br />
The manager from case 3 identifi<strong>es</strong> the search for new market opportuniti<strong>es</strong> is need<br />
for further firm’s growth We have to go into foreign market and there is inter<strong>es</strong>t in our<br />
products. Nothing more, we only have to satisfy the customers’ needs.” The firm (case<br />
3) is actively searching for new clients in new markets.<br />
The informal contact based on long relationship basically helps case 2 and 6 not only<br />
to operate in Austrian (case 2) and German market (case 6) but without th<strong>es</strong>e<br />
contacts the firms will not be created.<br />
“I have two possibiliti<strong>es</strong>; choose to stay in the university and continue in the post<br />
gradual study or to continue in self-employment activiti<strong>es</strong>. They ask me, if I would like<br />
to work for their new company. .…So we have start and employee our first employee.”<br />
79
Entrepreneur (case 2) explains “There were some friend relationships from previous<br />
period. When my father was a coach in handball, he had possibiliti<strong>es</strong> to travel abroad.<br />
In that time it was very difficult to travel. So do<strong>es</strong> it start with the firm in 1990. In 1992<br />
we export about 10.000 <strong>of</strong> aroma lamps.”<br />
External reactive motivation<br />
The cas<strong>es</strong> 1 and 2 helped enter foreign market/s the unsolicited orders. Both<br />
entrepreneurs (case 1 and 2) pr<strong>es</strong>ent that the firm has a still dominant position in<br />
home market and thus there was no need actively search for firm’s expansion into<br />
foreign market. The impetus for the further internationalization was conditioned by<br />
unsolicited order <strong>of</strong> foreign clients. “They found us, because they want the<br />
collaboration base on exclusivity contract. …They come and pr<strong>es</strong>ent their project for<br />
collaboration. We were very surprised how well they were prepared. They come and<br />
know everything in detail.” (case 2)<br />
The entrepreneur (case 1) has some intention to enter into Czech market but he faced<br />
many problems (will be discussed in barriers <strong>of</strong> entry in following page). The decisive<br />
impetus to enter into foreign market com<strong>es</strong> from outside. The commercial partner<br />
<strong>of</strong>fers to the entrepreneur the opportunity to sell its product into foreign market. There<br />
was long term busin<strong>es</strong>s collaboration between them. The decision to enter into Czech<br />
market was justify as: “We want to t<strong>es</strong>t our products into foreign market, without the<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tment into propagation, and the actively searching for clients into foreign market.”<br />
The competitive pr<strong>es</strong>sure enhanc<strong>es</strong> the effort to internationalize in case 4. “There is<br />
home competition. Hence is not so strong as before. There are l<strong>es</strong>s employe<strong>es</strong>. So<br />
they do not produce as before. Detva 23 has before 6.000 employe<strong>es</strong>, but now do not<br />
reach 1.000 employe<strong>es</strong>.”<br />
Basically small home market was identified by case 3, 4, 5, 6 as the reason supporting<br />
decision to expand into foreign markets. The manager (case 3) said: . “The Slovakia is<br />
too small for the perspective growth for this firm. It is small.”<br />
23 Detva is well known region because <strong>of</strong> the tradition in metallurgic industry. It has a strong position<br />
during communist period. After 1989 suffers a serious problems and many employe<strong>es</strong> were fired.<br />
80
RQ2: What are the barriers faced by Slovak SMEs in the internationalization<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s?<br />
Five firms except the case 4 identify the barriers <strong>of</strong> the firm internationalization.<br />
Entrepreneur from case 4 do not perceived any impediments for firm’s<br />
internationalization. This could be explained with the fact that new management<br />
bought not only the production firm but also the foreign contacts, which were<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished by previous managements. Until December 2005 pr<strong>es</strong>ent management<br />
has not actively search for new foreign markets. The firm operat<strong>es</strong> in the market with<br />
new management only one year (since 2004).<br />
The barriers are analyzed using the Leonidou’s (1995) classification. Therefore as is<br />
pr<strong>es</strong>ented in table 20, the barriers are discussed separately into four groups: internal-<br />
home, internal-foreign, external-home and external-foreign barriers.<br />
Table 20: The export barriers <strong>of</strong> six analysed Slovak SMEs<br />
Home<br />
Foreign<br />
Internal External<br />
1. Insufficient production capacity<br />
(case 1)<br />
2. Recourse and time consuming<br />
the export preparation (case 2)<br />
3. Lack <strong>of</strong> managerial personal/time<br />
(case 1)<br />
4. Shortage <strong>of</strong> financial capital for<br />
export (case 1)<br />
5. The fear to lost the control over<br />
the firm because <strong>of</strong> rapid growth<br />
(case 1)<br />
6. The prejudice that foreign<br />
producers <strong>of</strong>fer higher qualitative<br />
products. (case 1, 6)<br />
7. The strenuous preparation for<br />
export activiti<strong>es</strong>. The same effort<br />
into home market could brings<br />
higher benefit (case 2)<br />
1. Difficult/slow collection <strong>of</strong><br />
payments from abroad (case 1)<br />
2. Difficult to find trustful partner who<br />
knows that foreign market (case<br />
1, 2, 5, 6 )<br />
3. Difficult to find the adequate<br />
foreign distribution channels<br />
(case 1)<br />
1. The foreign countri<strong>es</strong> do not<br />
know so much about former<br />
Czechoslovakia and even<br />
l<strong>es</strong>s about Slovakia (case 3,<br />
6 )<br />
2. Difficult handling <strong>of</strong><br />
documentation/procedur<strong>es</strong><br />
(case 1)<br />
3. Untransparent proc<strong>es</strong>s to<br />
obtain the financial sourc<strong>es</strong><br />
(case 2, 3)<br />
4. difficulty obtain the financial<br />
support from EU funds if the<br />
firm ask through Bratislava<br />
and no directly from<br />
Brussels (case 2, 3, 5 )<br />
5. Lack <strong>of</strong> governmental<br />
assistance/incentiv<strong>es</strong> (case<br />
1, 2)<br />
1. Higher fe<strong>es</strong> related to<br />
payment into foreign market<br />
(case 1)<br />
2. Different foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
practic<strong>es</strong>/law (case 2, 5)<br />
3. The limited used <strong>of</strong> Slovak<br />
language in abroad (case<br />
2).<br />
81
Internal-home barriers<br />
As it could be observed from table 20, the most <strong>of</strong> the organizational barriers<br />
associated with the firm’s r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> and firm’s export strategy have been identified by<br />
firm 1. Hence the barriers as the lack <strong>of</strong> managerial personal, insufficient productive<br />
and financial capacity could be also interrelated with the low entrepreneur’s inter<strong>es</strong>t to<br />
enter into foreign markets. The entrepreneur do<strong>es</strong> not want the firm’s rapid growth. He<br />
prefers to grow slower and gradually. He is concerned about the lost <strong>of</strong> total power<br />
control over all firms’ activiti<strong>es</strong>. The entrepreneur spends 12 hours in the firm and all<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ponsibiliti<strong>es</strong> and decisions are made by him. “I have to be informed about the<br />
accountancy, machin<strong>es</strong>’ revision, purchase <strong>of</strong> material… about everything.” His two<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s partners dedicate only 5% <strong>of</strong> their time to the firm. Hence this entreprenr<br />
behaviour is not so surprising, as emerge from the interview this firm have no problem<br />
to sell almost 95% <strong>of</strong> production into home market, and there is still increasing inter<strong>es</strong>t<br />
in its products into home market.<br />
The preparation <strong>of</strong> export is too costly (case2). Entrepreneur from firm 2 postulat<strong>es</strong>:<br />
“The same effort which we used for export preparation could bring higher benefit if we<br />
used it for home market.”<br />
The second important internal home barrier is the entrepreneur prejudice about that<br />
foreign producers <strong>of</strong>fer products and servic<strong>es</strong> in higher quality than Slovaks (case 1<br />
and 6). This psychological barrier is very inter<strong>es</strong>ting finding confirming the definition <strong>of</strong><br />
Slovak stereotyp<strong>es</strong> in Príhoda’s (1993) sociological inv<strong>es</strong>tigation. One <strong>of</strong> author’s<br />
defined stereotyp<strong>es</strong> for Slovaks is the stereotype <strong>of</strong> Slovak inferiority which is related<br />
with the lack <strong>of</strong> self confidence (lower education, lower experience, and lower<br />
knowledge). As Príhoda (1993) explains, the origin <strong>of</strong> this prejudice is in the period <strong>of</strong><br />
Czechoslovakia where Slovakia was under developed compared to Czech lands. This<br />
confirms the entrepreneur <strong>of</strong> firm 1: “I was convinced that Czech market required a<br />
higher quality and different d<strong>es</strong>ign. The Czech market is more developed; they have<br />
started to do busin<strong>es</strong>s earlier than Slovak.” and the entrepreneur <strong>of</strong> case 6: “I can not<br />
image that we will enter into foreign market as Slovak firm.”<br />
Internal-foreign barriers<br />
Four entrepreneurs (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, 5, and 6) identify as the main barrier in foreign country<br />
where firms are located, the difficulty to find trustful, suitable partner who knows and<br />
has an experience in different foreign market(s). “The busin<strong>es</strong>s today is mainly about<br />
82
the contacts.” (case 3). Related to that barrier, “There is a problem to find the<br />
adequate foreign distribution channels.” (case 1).<br />
The entrepreneurs faced the low recognition <strong>of</strong> Slovak products in abroad (cas<strong>es</strong> 3<br />
and 6). “We have to convince foreign partner that some Slovak firm is able to <strong>of</strong>fer a<br />
quality service” (case 6).<br />
The foreign entrepreneurs do not know so much about former Czechoslovakia and<br />
even l<strong>es</strong>s about Slovakia (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 3, and 6). “Therefore, it is more difficult to build our<br />
brand in foreign countri<strong>es</strong> if you are from almost unknown country as Slovakia is.”<br />
(case 3).<br />
External-home barriers<br />
The barriers found in firms’ external environment <strong>of</strong> the home market are related with<br />
the never-ending personal chang<strong>es</strong> in the national institutions. Therefore there it is not<br />
surprising that, entrepreneurs have a low level <strong>of</strong> trust into governmental institution<br />
(cas<strong>es</strong> 1 and 6). According to entrepreneurs from firm 2 the main problem <strong>of</strong> SMEs<br />
internationalization is the very low governmental inter<strong>es</strong>t to help SMEs’ export.<br />
The solicitation proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> financial support has been identified as untransparent and<br />
bureaucratic (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 3). Even if the firm elaborate a very good project without the<br />
simultaneous lobbing, it is very difficult to obtain the financial recours<strong>es</strong> for the<br />
realization <strong>of</strong> planed project (case 3). Entrepreneurs (cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3 and 5) perceived that<br />
the solicitation for EU funds sourc<strong>es</strong> is more effective through the Brussels than<br />
through Bratislava.<br />
The entrepreneur from firm 1 faced the difficulty to handle the documentation related<br />
to export activiti<strong>es</strong>. The entrepreneurs’ experience with the national or regional<br />
support for international activiti<strong>es</strong> is negative (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 5). In general there is lack<br />
<strong>of</strong> governmental assistance and incentiv<strong>es</strong> for SMEs internationalization, or at least it<br />
is perceived as so.<br />
External-foreign barriers<br />
Hence, Slovakia is the member <strong>of</strong> common EU market where there are still some<br />
administrative barriers. The higher fe<strong>es</strong> related to payment between two countri<strong>es</strong><br />
(case 1). Entrepreneur face the unwillingn<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> its small clients from Czech Republic<br />
to buy the product from Slovakia because <strong>of</strong> high bank’s and transport’s fe<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The different busin<strong>es</strong>s practic<strong>es</strong> complicated the exporting for case 2. Entrepreneur’s<br />
(case 2) experience from intention to enter into Dutch market confirms that, there is an<br />
83
indispensable needs to know the legal law and the condition <strong>of</strong> making a busin<strong>es</strong>s in<br />
foreign market where the firm plan to enter.<br />
The Slovak language was identified as another barrier. This barrier is d<strong>es</strong>cribed by<br />
entrepreneur from firm 2 as: “All etiquett<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the products in Slovakia have to be in<br />
Slovak language but neither can they be used neither in Czech market. In comparison<br />
an Austrian firm can sell their product with the same language etiquette, except to<br />
home market, also in Germany, part <strong>of</strong> Switzerland, and part <strong>of</strong> Italy… There is a lot <strong>of</strong><br />
work to prepare products for export.” (case 2).<br />
The cultural differenc<strong>es</strong> have been perceived by the entrepreneur entering into<br />
Serbian market (case 5). This factor have not been defined by another market hence<br />
the entry was culturally more different countri<strong>es</strong> as China (case 3) or UAE (case 2).<br />
RQ3: Do Slovak SMEs use the support programs for their internationalization?<br />
No one firm used any support program for their internationalization. Half <strong>of</strong> the firms<br />
(cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, and 5) used some support programme (for employe<strong>es</strong> training, for<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tment construction) in the past. Hence even th<strong>es</strong>e firms were not satisfied with<br />
that help. Cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 4, and 6 do not use any support programme. Cas<strong>es</strong> 1 and 6 mainly<br />
because they do not have the information about national or regional programme which<br />
can help to their busin<strong>es</strong>s. The entrepreneur from case 4 explains that he could not<br />
find the support programme for such a young firm as his company is (1 year old).<br />
There are some similariti<strong>es</strong> how th<strong>es</strong>e firms perceived the support programme and<br />
three main problems can be defined. First, there is a lack <strong>of</strong> information about support<br />
programme. “I do not know what that institution can do for my busin<strong>es</strong>s” (case 6).<br />
“There is low national inter<strong>es</strong>t to help SMEs in their export activiti<strong>es</strong>” (case 2).<br />
Entrepreneur’ experience (case 2) from the international fairs is that the repr<strong>es</strong>entation<br />
<strong>of</strong> Spanish, Italian, even Kenyan busin<strong>es</strong>s sector can not be compared how are<br />
repr<strong>es</strong>ented the Slovak firms. “If there is some Slovak agency for firm’s development,<br />
the agency paid for some small stall where it puts firms which have to pay much more<br />
on how the agency paid. Such help and repr<strong>es</strong>entation is usel<strong>es</strong>s” (case 2).<br />
Second, if the entrepreneur knows about some kind <strong>of</strong> supports, and is inter<strong>es</strong>ted to<br />
gain them, it has to face lobbing, bureaucratically and untransparent procedure. The<br />
firms (cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, 4, and 5) have a similar experience. The entrepreneur from case 3<br />
comment: “I asked for the financial support and until last year I had believe… but<br />
84
when I received the answer that our project is perfect, excellent and so on, but<br />
because <strong>of</strong> the lack <strong>of</strong> financial sourc<strong>es</strong> it can not be approved. I thing that this is<br />
mainly about the lobbing.” (case 3). Also the entrepreneur from case 2 has a similar<br />
experience. “We have tried twice for support from EU funds. Hence, for one project, it<br />
was approval, but the money com<strong>es</strong> too late, after the project was realized, so we<br />
could not use that money. For second project, we fulfilled all conditions but we do not<br />
receive the financial support. Until now we have asked for EU funds though Bratislava<br />
it do<strong>es</strong> not work. I see that we have to connect to Brussels directly and we are working<br />
on that. (case 2)” The firms prefer to contact directly Brussels to obtain the support for<br />
EU funds that trough Bratislava (cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 5).<br />
Third problem is interrelated with the previous one. The entrepreneurs indicated the<br />
lack <strong>of</strong> trust. “I do not trust them (the national and regional institutions). Simply, I can<br />
not imagine that there is someone who knows the problem <strong>of</strong> mine firm better than I<br />
know. (Case 1)” They do not believe that national or regional institutions have real<br />
inter<strong>es</strong>t to help firm’s development.<br />
5.2.2. How Slovak SMEs choose the foreign market?<br />
Based on the interviewed six Slovak SMEs it is not definitely reject the<br />
internationalization according to psychical and geographical closen<strong>es</strong>s. Therefore, it is<br />
not surprising that almost all firms (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5) export into Czech Republic.<br />
The firms 1, 2, 3, and 5 have started its export activiti<strong>es</strong> to geographical closen<strong>es</strong>s<br />
market. The psychically and geographically more different markets can be observed<br />
more as a r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> unsolicited orders (case 2) and as a r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> strong entrepreneur<br />
d<strong>es</strong>ire to build international and growing firm (cas<strong>es</strong> 3 and 5). Therefore, firms have<br />
their foreign activiti<strong>es</strong> in countri<strong>es</strong> such as China, Israel, Egypt, Kuwait, Oman, and<br />
Belgium.<br />
The most proactive firm from sample cas<strong>es</strong> is the firm 3. This firm during the seven<br />
years <strong>of</strong> existence operat<strong>es</strong> in twelve foreign markets and plan<strong>es</strong> to open another<br />
three markets (table 21).<br />
RQ4: What entry mod<strong>es</strong> are used by Slovak SMEs to enter foreign market?<br />
The six cas<strong>es</strong> confirm that export is widely used mode <strong>of</strong> entry mode for SMEs. Hence<br />
the first entry mode was the direct (cas<strong>es</strong> 3, 4, 5, 6) or indirect export (cas<strong>es</strong> 1 and 2),<br />
85
afterward the firms 2, 3, and 5 decided to <strong>es</strong>tablish also the subsidiary firm in foreign<br />
market The review <strong>of</strong> mode <strong>of</strong> entry <strong>of</strong> six cas<strong>es</strong> is pr<strong>es</strong>ented in table 21.<br />
Table 21: Mode <strong>of</strong> entry into foreign markets<br />
Mode <strong>of</strong> entry<br />
D<strong>es</strong>tiny <strong>of</strong> international<br />
Activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
CASE 1 • 1999 indirect Export Czech Republic<br />
CASE 2<br />
CASE 3<br />
CASE 4<br />
CASE 5<br />
CASE 6<br />
• 1992 direct and indirect export,<br />
• 2001 in Czech Republic subsidiary<br />
firm,<br />
• 2005 exclusive repr<strong>es</strong>entation for<br />
Benelux and Middle East.<br />
• 2000 direct export,<br />
• In 2001 commercial subsidiary<br />
firms in Poland, 2004 in Czech<br />
Republic.<br />
• The firm continu<strong>es</strong> on the export<br />
relationships <strong>es</strong>tablished by<br />
previous managements.<br />
• direct and indirect export<br />
• 2002 direct export into Czech<br />
Republic,<br />
• 2006 new firm in Serbia.<br />
• Since 2004 direct export into<br />
Germany via parent company<br />
Czech Republic, Austria, Poland,<br />
Ukraine, Hungary, Benelux, Middle<br />
east.<br />
Poland, Czech Republic, Ukraine,<br />
Estonia, Russia, Hungary, Latvia,<br />
Lithuania, Byelorussia.<br />
Contract abut the repr<strong>es</strong>entation:<br />
Germany, Israel, China, India<br />
Plan: Spain, Bulgaria, Croatia.<br />
Virgin Island, Germany, Czech<br />
Republic, France, Italy<br />
Czech Republic, Serbia.<br />
Plan: Denmark and France.<br />
Case 2, in 2001; <strong>es</strong>tablish the subsidiary firm in Czech Republic, also case 3 in 2001<br />
Poland and in 3 years after in Czech Republic. The Case 5 in 2006 <strong>es</strong>tablished the<br />
new company in Serbia. Hence, in cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 3 the creation <strong>of</strong> commercial<br />
subsidiary firm was related with existence exporting activiti<strong>es</strong> in th<strong>es</strong>e countri<strong>es</strong>. In<br />
case 5; plan to <strong>es</strong>tablished subsidiary firm in completely new market, when the firm<br />
only plan to pr<strong>es</strong>ent its activiti<strong>es</strong> and start to <strong>of</strong>fer their servic<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Case 2 signs the exclusive contract for the repr<strong>es</strong>entational with two firms. One for the<br />
countri<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> Benelux and second for Middle East (Oman, Qatar, Egypt, Kuwait, Saudi<br />
Arabia, Iraq, Jordan, UAE, and Bahrain). Also entrepreneur from case 3 signs the<br />
contract for firm’s repr<strong>es</strong>entation in Germany and Israel.<br />
86
RQ5: What foreign markets are attractive for Slovak SMEs, and why?<br />
RQ6: How the firms identify their foreign contacts?<br />
Hence, th<strong>es</strong>e two qu<strong>es</strong>tions are interrelated, in following the cas<strong>es</strong> analysis do not<br />
separate each qu<strong>es</strong>tion, but are analyzed together.<br />
According to firms (cas<strong>es</strong> 5 and 6) the main problem for firm’s internationalization is to<br />
identify the foreign contacts; the person or firm which can facilitate the entry <strong>of</strong> Slovak<br />
firm into foreign market. “The busin<strong>es</strong>s is mainly about the contacts” (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 3, and<br />
6).<br />
The firm 6 do<strong>es</strong> not operate into another foreign market except the German,<br />
entrepreneur is planning to expand into France and Denmark. Th<strong>es</strong>e two markets<br />
were identify because the entrepreneur relationship. The France because his wife<br />
speaks French and she spent some time there. The Denmark was a sugg<strong>es</strong>tion from<br />
his friend who works in Denmark. Entrepreneur stat<strong>es</strong>: “I can not just to come into one<br />
firm in the Lion and said good morning, we are from Slovakia and we <strong>of</strong>fer the<br />
digitalization <strong>of</strong> data.”<br />
Hence, firm 4, in 2004, was bought by new management, the foreign contacts were<br />
<strong>es</strong>tablished by previous managers and firm‘s products with the tradition are known in<br />
foreign markets. The firm search for new foreign contacts, but in firm’s first year only<br />
continu<strong>es</strong> on previous on<strong>es</strong>. The firm strategy is based on advantage <strong>of</strong> lower labour<br />
cost. “Our firm is oriented in German and France market, because there we can<br />
compete with our lower labour cost”.<br />
The similar situation is in firm 3. Hence, the four entrepreneurs create completely new<br />
firm where their products were before produced by state owned firm and known in<br />
former USSR, Poland and Czech Republic. The firm 3 starts to sell into Poland and<br />
Czech Republic. At the same time firm (case 3) continu<strong>es</strong> in exporting into countri<strong>es</strong><br />
where the entrepreneurs had a commercial relationships from previous labour<br />
experience (mainly the former USSR) in Ukraine, Estonia, Lithuania, and Byelorussia.<br />
The foreign fairs served as initial medium for firm’s identification <strong>of</strong> new foreign<br />
contacts. The firm selects one internationally important foreign fair and pr<strong>es</strong>ents the<br />
firm’s products. Afterward, the firm personally visits the potential clients, which have<br />
demonstrated the inter<strong>es</strong>t in the fairs. The firm in 2005 sings the contract for the<br />
87
commercial repr<strong>es</strong>entation with firms in the German and Israeli market. In the same<br />
year firm starts to negotiate with the clients in China and India.<br />
The entrepreneur enhanc<strong>es</strong> the importance <strong>of</strong> personal contacts with clients and his<br />
personal motivation: “Our commercial sellers are actively working in the firm’s<br />
expansion in the foreign countri<strong>es</strong>. The aim <strong>of</strong> each seller is to increase the sells and<br />
expands into new markets.” Using this method the firm plans to enter into new market<br />
<strong>of</strong> Spain, Bulgaria, and Serbia.<br />
The entrepreneur’s (case 3) decision to enter into market <strong>of</strong> China and India was<br />
conditioned by their rapid grown in production. “Because where there is the growth in<br />
production, there is the construction <strong>of</strong> new power plant, gas house, plant <strong>of</strong> water<br />
depuration, and there is need <strong>of</strong> our products. “The entrepreneur do<strong>es</strong> not have any<br />
special criteria for selection <strong>of</strong> foreign market the important is go<strong>es</strong> into new market<br />
and to gain more clients.<br />
The firms 1, and 2, do not actively search for foreign clients; on the contrary foreign<br />
firms find them. In case 1 the long busin<strong>es</strong>s partner <strong>of</strong>fers the entry into Czech market.<br />
The internationalization <strong>of</strong> case 2 was in the inception based on the relationship with<br />
friends in Austria. The entry into countri<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> Benelux, UAE, Hungary or Poland was<br />
based on unsolicited orders.<br />
The expansion <strong>of</strong> firm 5 into Czech market was based on the firm’s good referenc<strong>es</strong>.<br />
This firm <strong>of</strong>fers the servic<strong>es</strong> to the firm in Slovakia and some <strong>of</strong> them have a parent or<br />
subsidiary firm in Czech Republic, therefore the firm <strong>of</strong>fers the servic<strong>es</strong> also in Czech<br />
Republic. Hence the entry into Czech market was based on unsolicited order but the<br />
more active is the entrance into Serbia, where firm <strong>es</strong>tablished new independent firm<br />
in February 2006. The problem with the identifying <strong>of</strong> trustful person for new company<br />
was solved using the informal network. The friends <strong>of</strong> entrepreneur’s friend help to find<br />
the new busin<strong>es</strong>s partner. In comparison with the case 3 this firm has specially<br />
defined the market <strong>of</strong> future expansion: “If would we go in the w<strong>es</strong>t, there we can<br />
compete only with lower price, and the projects will be in very low quality. In the<br />
Rumania, Bulgaria and Serbia, there are the developing markets and therefore the<br />
entry is easier.”<br />
While the firms 3 and 5 actively search for new foreign market, more passive<br />
internationalization is pr<strong>es</strong>ent by cas<strong>es</strong> 1 and 2. Firms 4 and 6 only start to work on<br />
88
the expansion into new foreign markets. As it can be observed the entrepreneurs<br />
based more on informal network than formal.<br />
RQ7: How do Slovak firms promote itself and their products or servic<strong>es</strong> in<br />
abroad?<br />
The firm used mainly the internet (cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, and 5), firm’s webpage (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, 3, 4,<br />
and 5), fairs (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, 3, and 4), conferenc<strong>es</strong> (cas<strong>es</strong> 3 and 5), national organization<br />
for SMEs support (case 4), and personal visit <strong>of</strong> possible clients for the firm’s<br />
pr<strong>es</strong>entation (cas<strong>es</strong> 5 and 6).<br />
The entrepreneurs (cas<strong>es</strong> 1 and 3) consider very important the pr<strong>es</strong>entation in<br />
international fairs. As can be observed from table 22 the most proactive pr<strong>es</strong>entation<br />
in fairs has firm 3, which has assisted in foreign fairs in seven countri<strong>es</strong>. Firm 1 is<br />
more inter<strong>es</strong>ted in home market and assisted in three Slovak (Nitra, Banská Bystrica,<br />
and Košice) fairs. Case 3 has own step-by-step method for firm internationalization,<br />
when the first step is the firm’s pr<strong>es</strong>entation in important foreign fairs in the country<br />
where firm wants to expand. The second step is the preparation <strong>of</strong> list <strong>of</strong> possible<br />
clients, whose demonstrate the inter<strong>es</strong>t in the pr<strong>es</strong>ented products. Step number three<br />
is the organization <strong>of</strong> own conference in that foreign market, where they invite foreign<br />
firms but mainly those from the fair’s list. The pr<strong>es</strong>entation ends with the small<br />
refr<strong>es</strong>hment. The aim is to <strong>es</strong>tablish more personal relationship with the possible<br />
clients.<br />
Table 22: The firm’s pr<strong>es</strong>entation into fairs and conferenc<strong>es</strong><br />
Pr<strong>es</strong>entation in fairs or conference<br />
CASE 1 Italy, Czech Republic, Slovakia<br />
CASE 2 Slovakia, Czech Republic, Netherlands<br />
CASE 3<br />
Slovakia, Czech Republic, Spain, Croatia,<br />
Bulgaria, Germany, Rumania<br />
CASE 4 France, Germany<br />
CASE 5 Slovakia, Turkey<br />
CASE 6 Any<br />
89
The importance <strong>of</strong> more personal relationship with busin<strong>es</strong>s clients is pr<strong>es</strong>ent also by<br />
case 1. “This year we have been twice in Czech fairs (Brno, Prague). There is an<br />
important to build trustful relationship. Therefore, is not enough to go once. In January<br />
2005 they went to exposition in Brno. In September we went again, we take it as our<br />
duty to go several tim<strong>es</strong>, on<strong>es</strong> is not enough. We have met there the same people,<br />
they know us. “<br />
Only one firm (case 4) mentioned the national institutions as NADSME and trade<br />
organization for firm repr<strong>es</strong>entation. “The NADSME <strong>of</strong>fers to us the service to help<br />
with the identification the foreign clients.”<br />
The pr<strong>es</strong>entation <strong>of</strong> firm 2, have started also with the pr<strong>es</strong>entation in foreign fairs. But<br />
the final effect <strong>of</strong> that pr<strong>es</strong>entation was not satisfactory. “We do not have time, neither<br />
money, nor force to pr<strong>es</strong>ent the firm in the fairs, which become for us ineffective.” The<br />
firm focus<strong>es</strong> on the product’s pr<strong>es</strong>entation into trade networks (T<strong>es</strong>co, Hypernova).<br />
Case 6 pr<strong>es</strong>ents the plan to pr<strong>es</strong>ent the firm’s servic<strong>es</strong> via phone or personal contacts<br />
as most appropriate. “Before we do not feel the nec<strong>es</strong>sity to pr<strong>es</strong>ent the firm in<br />
conferenc<strong>es</strong>, now we are starting to search for new market”.<br />
Firm 5 once a year organiz<strong>es</strong> own conference in which they pr<strong>es</strong>ent the new trends in<br />
their servic<strong>es</strong>. The conference is not only for their clients but also for public.<br />
It is not surprising that SMEs do not have particular department focus<strong>es</strong> only on firms<br />
and or product/servic<strong>es</strong> pr<strong>es</strong>entation. Hence all six cas<strong>es</strong> have some person which is<br />
b<strong>es</strong>ide their duti<strong>es</strong>, r<strong>es</strong>ponsible also for some marketing activiti<strong>es</strong>. The case 6 stat<strong>es</strong>:<br />
“We do not have marketing department. We just sit all together and discuss together<br />
the qu<strong>es</strong>tions related to marketing activiti<strong>es</strong>.” In similar way case 1 d<strong>es</strong>crib<strong>es</strong>: “Me<br />
together with my cousin dedicate to the marketing activiti<strong>es</strong>. We are preparing the<br />
firm’s pr<strong>es</strong>entation in fairs, or the product’s package.” Different situation is in case 3<br />
which has a marketing department with two persons: “We have started to build<br />
marketing department last year (2004). The reason why we start with the marketing<br />
department was that we want to go to new markets and to search for new clients. The<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> the SWOT analysis shows us that our weakn<strong>es</strong>s is low firm’s pr<strong>es</strong>entation.<br />
The possible clients do not know so much about us.” (case 3).<br />
RQ 8: Is the Internet an important factor for Slovak SMEs internationalization?<br />
All entrepreneurs identically affirm: “The internet is very important.”<br />
90
The five cas<strong>es</strong> have own web page, the exception is only the case 6, which is also<br />
working on the web-page. The web page <strong>of</strong> cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3, 4, and 5 is not only Slovak, but<br />
also in the English language.<br />
The internet is important for firms mainly for communication (internal and external),<br />
searching for new contacts, sourc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> information. With internet is the communication<br />
interactive and fast. The technicians from firms 3 and 4 use the internet<br />
communication with foreign clients for a product development. The review <strong>of</strong> reasons<br />
for internet importance is pr<strong>es</strong>ented in table 23.<br />
Table 23: The internet advantag<strong>es</strong> and firm's web page<br />
CASE 1<br />
CASE 2<br />
CASE 3<br />
CASE 4<br />
CASE 5<br />
CASE 6<br />
Internet importance and its use<br />
• for searching new busin<strong>es</strong>s contacts<br />
• feedback about the products from the clients<br />
• plan to start with the internet shop<br />
• important for the firms pr<strong>es</strong>entation,<br />
• 1998 virtual trade<br />
• many new client found the firm contact via<br />
internet<br />
• the inspiration for new product segment<br />
• the use <strong>of</strong> www.alibaba.com for new contacts<br />
• important for internal and external<br />
communication,<br />
• important for the cooperation relationships.<br />
• the clients find the information about the firm<br />
and ask for price quotation<br />
• for fast internal and external communication<br />
• the source <strong>of</strong> useful information for our<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
• important for the cooperation relationships<br />
• important for the firms pr<strong>es</strong>entation,<br />
• for the communication with the clients<br />
• to search new information and new possible<br />
clients<br />
• important for internal and external<br />
communication,<br />
• for data transfer<br />
• the employe<strong>es</strong> work in sharing servers<br />
• “if we do not have an internet connection, we<br />
do not have what it tak<strong>es</strong> to do in work”<br />
Own<br />
webpage<br />
Languag<strong>es</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> webpage<br />
1999-2000 Slovak<br />
1998<br />
2002<br />
2005<br />
2000<br />
Working on<br />
the web<br />
page<br />
Slovak<br />
English<br />
Slovak<br />
English<br />
Slovak<br />
English<br />
Slovak<br />
English<br />
-<br />
91
The entrepreneur from firm 1 highlights the importance <strong>of</strong> internet for searching <strong>of</strong> new<br />
contacts. Different opinion has the entrepreneur from firm 3: “We have tried to use the<br />
internet for searching new contacts but the final effect was too low. Only about 2% <strong>of</strong><br />
all demand for potential clients r<strong>es</strong>ponded to us. So it is possible, but I do not<br />
recommend it.” Firm 3 used the page www.alibaba.com for identification <strong>of</strong> new clients<br />
and also for own pr<strong>es</strong>entation.<br />
The internet for firm 6 is indispensable tool for every day work. The entrepreneur said:<br />
“If we do not have an internet connection, we do not have what it tak<strong>es</strong> to do in work.<br />
The employe<strong>es</strong> work on sharing server, the firm can not work without internet.”<br />
The firm 5 used the internet for marketing propagation. The firm has a prepaid<br />
advertisement which leads the clients in using the Slovak internet searcher<br />
(www.zoznam.sk) to firm’s web-page.<br />
Firms 3 and 4 used their web page for propagation <strong>of</strong> machinery for cooperation<br />
relationship. Both firm have a good experience with this pr<strong>es</strong>entation and <strong>es</strong>tablished<br />
foreign contacts for cooperation.<br />
The firm 2 has the internet shop since 1998, also firm 1 plans to create the internet<br />
shop.<br />
5.2.3. When do Slovak SMEs start their cross boarder busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>?<br />
The cas<strong>es</strong> 2 and 6 are according to McDougall’s (1989) definition born global,<br />
because both firms have international activiti<strong>es</strong> from their inception. Case 2 in its first<br />
year; exported more than 25% <strong>of</strong> the production to Austria. Hence in following years<br />
the export to Austria decreas<strong>es</strong>, but sill total export maintains the 25% <strong>of</strong> production.<br />
The d<strong>es</strong>tiny <strong>of</strong> almost 99% <strong>of</strong> case 6’s production is for German market. The case 3 is<br />
also strongly exported oriented between 70 and 80% <strong>of</strong> production is for foreign<br />
markets. According to volume <strong>of</strong> export th<strong>es</strong>e two firms also confirm the definition <strong>of</strong><br />
born global proposed by Knight and Cavusgil (1996). The authors define the born<br />
global as firms which reached a share <strong>of</strong> foreign sal<strong>es</strong> at least 25% in three years after<br />
their birth.<br />
Hence case 4 has also initiated the exporting from the inception and in first year has<br />
exported about 36% <strong>of</strong> the production, but the firm continu<strong>es</strong> on export relations<br />
tradition from previous years. There are no new market open with the pr<strong>es</strong>ent<br />
management. Therefore, for the definition <strong>of</strong> born global in Slovak context has to be<br />
92
considered fact <strong>of</strong> possible previous export contacts mainly in the firms created during<br />
communist period (as in case 4). The firm could be incorporated into busin<strong>es</strong>s register<br />
as a new firm, created after the 1989, but there is a possibility that the firm existed<br />
before that period, although with different name and even with different management.<br />
Case 1 initiated some export activiti<strong>es</strong> in third year and the export repr<strong>es</strong>ent about<br />
15% <strong>of</strong> the production. The cas<strong>es</strong> 3 and 5 start in second year after the start-up. As it<br />
can be se<strong>es</strong> all six cas<strong>es</strong> initiated the foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> in three year <strong>of</strong><br />
existence.<br />
5.3. Discusion <strong>of</strong> findings<br />
The above pr<strong>es</strong>ented individual and cross cas<strong>es</strong> analysis confirm the complexity <strong>of</strong><br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch object. Thus, can be observed, that firm’s internationalization is proc<strong>es</strong>s<br />
influenced by several set <strong>of</strong> external and internal factors, the firm’s home and foreign<br />
environment, formal and informal networks, entrepreneur’s perception <strong>of</strong> the reality<br />
and his/her plans and aims, the initial impetus which leads to firm creation.<br />
Consequently, it can be observed two main motivation determinants related to firm’s<br />
internationalization. B<strong>es</strong>ide the entrepreneur’ vision <strong>of</strong> firm’s growth and it is the<br />
situation <strong>of</strong> the competition and possible development into home market for firm’s<br />
products or servic<strong>es</strong>. The strong entrepreneurs’ inter<strong>es</strong>t to go abroad defended by the<br />
smalln<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> home market is observed in cas<strong>es</strong> 3, 5 and also case 6. The home<br />
market <strong>of</strong>fers enough space for firm development was argument pr<strong>es</strong>ented by<br />
entrepreneurs from cas<strong>es</strong> 1 and 2. The entrepreneurs’ from cas<strong>es</strong> 3 and 5 strong<br />
vision to grow and to become international firm and calculative position to increase the<br />
firm’s sells was observed in cas<strong>es</strong> 3, 4 and 5.<br />
Hence, there is no doubt that Slovak entrepreneurs have some defect in areas such<br />
as marketing or management (Grayson and Bodily, 1998; Swanson and<br />
Webster,1992) but the findings confirm how important a role in the firms’<br />
internationalization plays into an entrepreneur’s perception, mainly the perception <strong>of</strong><br />
the foreign competency. For better illustration <strong>of</strong> this point follow statements <strong>of</strong> three<br />
interviewed entrepreneurs:<br />
• The entrepreneur’s perception from case 3 “We had an opinion that in Czech<br />
market, they have a more qualitative and different d<strong>es</strong>ign <strong>of</strong> socks that we were<br />
producing.” (The entrepreneur d<strong>es</strong>crib<strong>es</strong> his first perception which he had before<br />
93
entry into the Czech Market. Only his personal experience shows him that the<br />
reality is different, and there are no considerable differenc<strong>es</strong> between those two<br />
countri<strong>es</strong>.)<br />
• In a similar way, the entrepreneurs from case 5 stat<strong>es</strong>: “We do not think that we<br />
can to compete in developed market <strong>of</strong> W<strong>es</strong>t Europe.”<br />
• The perception <strong>of</strong> entrepreneur from case 6: “I can not image that we will brake<br />
into foreign market as a Slovak firm. …I can not just to come into one firm in Lion,<br />
France? and said good morning, we are from Slovakia and we <strong>of</strong>fer the<br />
digitalization <strong>of</strong> data.”<br />
Manolova et al., (2002) study also confirms the importance <strong>of</strong> perception in<br />
internationalization: “Perhaps the most important finding for managers is that<br />
internationalization is not a function <strong>of</strong> “demographics” but is a function <strong>of</strong> “perception”<br />
(2002:24).<br />
The scale <strong>of</strong> the internationalization barriers is richer than identified factors <strong>of</strong><br />
motivation. As one <strong>of</strong> the main barriers was identified, the bureaucratic and<br />
untransparent proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the financial recours<strong>es</strong> solicitation (cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3 and 5)<br />
interrelated with the low level <strong>of</strong> trust to governmental institutions (case 1). Low<br />
inter<strong>es</strong>ts to repr<strong>es</strong>ent or help to repr<strong>es</strong>ent the Slovak SMEs sector in foreign markets<br />
were identified by entrepreneurs from cas<strong>es</strong> 2, 3 and 6.<br />
The financial, managerial, and human limited recours<strong>es</strong> also play its role for firm<br />
internationalization (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, and 6). Another important barriers identified by four<br />
cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, 5 and 6 was a difficulty to identify trustful foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s contact.<br />
Inter<strong>es</strong>ting finding is the entrepreneurs prejudice about Slovak inferiority observed in<br />
case 1, 5 and 6. The inv<strong>es</strong>tigation about the stereotype <strong>of</strong> Slovak inferiority repr<strong>es</strong>ents<br />
inter<strong>es</strong>ting area for further exploration not only in Slovak entrepreneurs but also the<br />
other from the post-communist bloc.<br />
Entrepreneurs (case 2, 3, and 5) state the need to develop a better support<br />
programme for SMEs with the transparent and equal condition for all firms.<br />
According to foreign market selection, six Slovak SMEs do not deny the<br />
internationalization according to psychical and geographical closen<strong>es</strong>s. There is no<br />
surprising that the prevail firms entry mode is direct and indirect exporting. Hence the<br />
firms (four from six cas<strong>es</strong>) follow the internationalization according to geographical<br />
94
closen<strong>es</strong>s. The entry into more culturally and geographically different markets was<br />
r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> unsolicited order (case 2) and the strong entrepreneur’s motivation to build<br />
international and growing firm (cas<strong>es</strong> 3 and 5).<br />
Hence the SMEs identify the main problem the foreign contact identification, it is<br />
seems that entrepreneurs build their busin<strong>es</strong>s relationship mainly on the informal<br />
network rather than formal one. This support Ivy’s (1997) findings<br />
The most used method <strong>of</strong> firms repr<strong>es</strong>entation is the pr<strong>es</strong>entation with the firm’s web<br />
page (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5), follows the pr<strong>es</strong>entation into foreign fairs (cas<strong>es</strong> 1, 2, 3,<br />
and 4), and the organization <strong>of</strong> firm’s pr<strong>es</strong>entations (cas<strong>es</strong>3 and 5).<br />
The firms use the internet servic<strong>es</strong> for: communication, searching <strong>of</strong> new busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
contacts, and virtual trade. The sampl<strong>es</strong> cas<strong>es</strong> confirm the born-global phenomenon<br />
all firms have initiated their foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> in three years after the start-up.<br />
5.4. The SMEs clasification<br />
Based on the previous analysis three groups <strong>of</strong> firms according their international<br />
intensity and impetus for internationalization are defined.<br />
1. Reactive Exporters or Exporters by “accident”<br />
Into this group belong the firms entering into foreign market because <strong>of</strong> external<br />
impetus such as unsolicited order, <strong>of</strong>fering the collaboration in foreign market from<br />
foreign or home commercial contact. The home market situation do<strong>es</strong> not pr<strong>es</strong>sure the<br />
firms search for clients behind the national border. The firm has a dominant position<br />
into home market and the demand for their products is still increasing. The firm do<strong>es</strong><br />
not have inter<strong>es</strong>t to internationalize but when the opportunity com<strong>es</strong>, they decide to<br />
use it. Such internationalization is saving the costs which are needed for the firm’s<br />
initiation <strong>of</strong> the expansion into foreign market. Such cost could be related with the<br />
searching <strong>of</strong> foreign clients, market analysis, firm’s repr<strong>es</strong>entation, propagation into<br />
fairs and conferenc<strong>es</strong>. The decision to internationalize is more emotional than rational.<br />
Into this group belong cas<strong>es</strong> 1 and 2.<br />
2. The planning exporters<br />
The firm do<strong>es</strong> not actively search for new markets. Hence, the firm do<strong>es</strong> not have a<br />
real problem with product or servic<strong>es</strong> in actual market but because <strong>of</strong> need <strong>of</strong> growth<br />
and the risk diversification (dependence on one market) start to think for<br />
95
internationalization. The searching for possibility <strong>of</strong> firm’s internationalization is more<br />
informative and entrepreneurs could be defined that are waiting when the opportunity<br />
com<strong>es</strong> to them. The entrepreneur used mainly the informal network <strong>of</strong> friends or<br />
relativ<strong>es</strong>, rather than the formal – institutional network <strong>of</strong> organization supporting the<br />
firm’s internationalization.<br />
Into this group belongs the case 6.<br />
Hence this firms segmentation is based on the six cas<strong>es</strong> can be contrast in further<br />
studi<strong>es</strong>. There is no doubt <strong>of</strong> the existence <strong>of</strong> fourth group; the firms, which do not<br />
have an inter<strong>es</strong>t in internationalization.<br />
3. Proactive exporters or Intensive exporters<br />
The intensive exporters are firms which have defined a clear expansion strategy into<br />
foreign market. The entrepreneur has a vision <strong>of</strong> firm growth and/or the home market<br />
become to be too small for it. The firm actively repr<strong>es</strong>ents its activiti<strong>es</strong> in foreign fairs<br />
and actively search<strong>es</strong> for new foreign clients. The firm pr<strong>es</strong>ents their web page also in<br />
foreign language. The firm us<strong>es</strong> the market analysis for identification <strong>of</strong> new busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
opportuniti<strong>es</strong>. Comparing to previous group the decision to internationalize is more<br />
rational than emotional. It is based on entrepreneur’s intention to grow in sal<strong>es</strong>,<br />
number <strong>of</strong> employe<strong>es</strong>, and income.<br />
Into this group belong cas<strong>es</strong> 3, 4, and 5. Hence, firm 4 do<strong>es</strong> not open any new<br />
markets the firm actively continu<strong>es</strong> into foreign contacts <strong>es</strong>tablished by previous<br />
managements. The main aim <strong>of</strong> the firm is to grow and increase the benefit hence, the<br />
one year with new managers is too short to evaluate in detailed the firm’s<br />
internationalization activiti<strong>es</strong>.<br />
5.5. Model - the initiation <strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs’ internationalization<br />
Based on the individual and comparative case cross analysis, with using the literature<br />
review pr<strong>es</strong>ented in chapter two is proposed and developed the model <strong>of</strong> initiation<br />
Slovak SMEs’ internationalization (figure 4). The model and model’s factors are<br />
proposed for further contrasting in quantitative inv<strong>es</strong>tigation.<br />
96
Figure 4: Proposal <strong>of</strong> Model for initiation <strong>of</strong> SMEs’ internationalization in context <strong>of</strong><br />
Slovakia based on case analysis<br />
Local and<br />
international network<br />
(Formal, informal)<br />
Recours<strong>es</strong> (financial,<br />
productive, human)<br />
Internet, web page,<br />
promotion<br />
Size ♣<br />
Education<br />
The firm’s<br />
competition<br />
The model explains the initiation <strong>of</strong> firm’s internationalization as well the mode <strong>of</strong> entry<br />
and market selection as r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> planned firm’s strategy or as spontaneous reacting<br />
on internal and external stimuli. In both cas<strong>es</strong> this proc<strong>es</strong>s is influenced by set <strong>of</strong><br />
factors which were inv<strong>es</strong>tigated also in previous studi<strong>es</strong> (see literature review in<br />
chapter 2.1.4.). The factors are divided in three groups: firm’s environment (as home<br />
so foreign), the firm, and the entrepreneur’s characteristics.<br />
1. The factors <strong>of</strong> environment: local and international network both formal and<br />
informal, the situation <strong>of</strong> firm’s competitors (strong, low, increasing, stable),<br />
institutional environment with the financial and consultancy support programme<br />
for SMEs, type <strong>of</strong> industry.<br />
Spontaneous<br />
reacting or planned<br />
decision<br />
Skills and experience<br />
(Labour and educational )<br />
Institutional environment<br />
Support programme<br />
Firms ‘<br />
Strategy<br />
Cultural diversity <strong>of</strong><br />
the foreign country<br />
Reactive or Proactive<br />
Internationalization<br />
Perception<br />
♣ Control variable<br />
2. The firm’s factors are: firm’s recours<strong>es</strong> as financial, productive and human,<br />
firm’s size, the firm’s web page, using <strong>of</strong> the internet, firm’s promotion.<br />
Market selection<br />
Mode <strong>of</strong> entry<br />
3. The factors related to entrepreneur are identified following: education (as<br />
economical so the pr<strong>of</strong><strong>es</strong>sional related with the firm’s product or servic<strong>es</strong>), skills<br />
(foreign languag<strong>es</strong>) and experience in previous work, experience in abroad, the<br />
Type <strong>of</strong><br />
industry♣<br />
97
strategy. There is very important if the entrepreneur wants the firm’s growth or<br />
not. The last defined factor is the entrepreneurs’ perception <strong>of</strong> the reality about<br />
the firm position in the market, the competency <strong>of</strong> its product or servic<strong>es</strong>, the<br />
situation in foreign markets ect.<br />
The proposal <strong>of</strong> qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire for further t<strong>es</strong>ting and developing <strong>of</strong> proposed model is<br />
attached in annex 4. The finding from case analysis helps to defined propositions for<br />
t<strong>es</strong>ting model.<br />
• The entrepreneurs with higher education will initiate more proactive<br />
internationalization.<br />
• The entrepreneurs with foreign labour or study experience will initiate more<br />
proactive internationalization.<br />
• The entrepreneurs not inter<strong>es</strong>ted in firm growth will initiate reactive<br />
internationalization meanwhile entrepreneurs will clearly defined growth<br />
strategy, proactive internationalization.<br />
• The firms with more formal foreign relationships will initiate proactive<br />
internationalization, than the firms with more informal foreign relationships<br />
reactive internationalization.<br />
• The firm which actively work on its propagation and pr<strong>es</strong>entation into fairs will<br />
adapt the proactive internationalization.<br />
• Entrepreneurs more p<strong>es</strong>simistic perception <strong>of</strong> the firms product or servic<strong>es</strong> (not<br />
sure if firm <strong>of</strong>fer competitive products and/or servic<strong>es</strong>, with good quality level<br />
and good price) will be related with reactive internationalization.<br />
5.6. Some recommendation for policy makers<br />
The policy makers have very important task, to develop and <strong>of</strong>fer to SMEs sector,<br />
which is so important for national and regional development, programme supporting<br />
their development, growth and expansion into foreign market.<br />
In accordance with that the nec<strong>es</strong>sary precondition for such programme is on the one<br />
side the identification <strong>of</strong> barriers and problem faced by SMEs in proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong><br />
internationalization. On the other side the identification <strong>of</strong> motivations, impetus leaded<br />
the entrepreneurs to firm’s internationalization. Hence there is no doubt that both<br />
factors barriers and motivation differ according to firms’ type <strong>of</strong> sector, the firms’ size,<br />
98
the firm’s age, entrepreneurs’ vision, and valu<strong>es</strong>. The studied six cas<strong>es</strong> allow to<br />
propose some general policy makers recommendations important for SMEs sector.<br />
1. To promote and to inform SMEs’ entrepreneurs about the activiti<strong>es</strong> and<br />
programm<strong>es</strong> supporting SMEs. To demonstrate the real inter<strong>es</strong>t <strong>of</strong> th<strong>es</strong>e<br />
institution inv<strong>es</strong>tigate the SMEs’ needs and to know problems faced by th<strong>es</strong>e<br />
firms in their way <strong>of</strong> internationalization. To <strong>of</strong>fer more customized help.<br />
2. To make clear the rul<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> game in the solicitation proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> financial<br />
incentiv<strong>es</strong>. To ensure transparent evaluation system and approval proc<strong>es</strong>s for<br />
received solicitations. Thus, try to build the trustful relationship between SMEs<br />
and institutions.<br />
3. To help develop SMEs formal networks which will faciliti<strong>es</strong> the identification <strong>of</strong><br />
foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s contacts.<br />
4. To help overcome the prejudice about Slovak undeveloped country related to<br />
stereotype <strong>of</strong> Slovak inferiority inform the entrepreneurs about succ<strong>es</strong>s stori<strong>es</strong><br />
<strong>of</strong> Slovak SMEs.<br />
99
6. CONCLUSIONS, LIMITATIONS AND FUTURE RESEARCH<br />
The r<strong>es</strong>earch in economics area is complex and differs from the other fields <strong>of</strong> social<br />
science. Meanwhile the biologist or chemist can enter their laboratory and start doing<br />
experiments. They have unique control in <strong>es</strong>tablishing some conditions ceteris paribus<br />
and the chang<strong>es</strong> to the others can be observed, analyzed, and explained. This unique<br />
control is missing for the r<strong>es</strong>earch<strong>es</strong> in entrepreneurial area such as entrepreneurship,<br />
international busin<strong>es</strong>s, and IE. It is impossible to <strong>es</strong>tablish, for instance the<br />
environment as a stable variable and observed the impact <strong>of</strong> the sector on the firm’s<br />
performance. Therefore the economist has to be also a little bit the politician,<br />
sociologist, psychologist, historian, and manager in order to be able see the reality <strong>of</strong><br />
the firms from different perspectiv<strong>es</strong>.<br />
In spite <strong>of</strong> the fall <strong>of</strong> the Berlin Wall 16 years ago, the r<strong>es</strong>earch<strong>es</strong> do not devote proper<br />
inter<strong>es</strong>t to the studi<strong>es</strong> in former socialist countri<strong>es</strong>. However, some analys<strong>es</strong>, which<br />
include the SMEs, have been done but mostly for policy makers needs rather than<br />
from the academicals’ point <strong>of</strong> view.<br />
The study contribut<strong>es</strong> to the IE r<strong>es</strong>earch in context <strong>of</strong> Slovakia where only a few<br />
studi<strong>es</strong> have been carried out. In order to achieve the proposed aim and to d<strong>es</strong>cribe<br />
the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the Slovak SMEs’ internationalization and analyze Why? How? and<br />
When? do Slovak SMEs expand their busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> across the national boarder,<br />
the qualitative approach following to Yin (1989), Eisenhardt (1989), and Mil<strong>es</strong> and<br />
Huberman (1994) was adopted. The in-depth interviews with six entrepreneurs<br />
provide the primary data for case analysis. The objective <strong>of</strong> the study was to gain<br />
insights that would help build a framework rather than to t<strong>es</strong>t one.<br />
The findings from the case individual and comparative analysis helped to d<strong>es</strong>cribe the<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> SMEs internationalization following the planned r<strong>es</strong>earch objective and<br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tions. As the r<strong>es</strong>ult the model <strong>of</strong> SMEs initiation to internationalize and three<br />
groups <strong>of</strong> exporters are proposed.<br />
The limitation<br />
The case study do<strong>es</strong> not allow for the statistical generalization. According to Yin<br />
(1989) “,...case studi<strong>es</strong>, like experiments, are generalisable to theoretical propositions<br />
and not to populations or universe” (1989 21) However, the aim is not to obtain the<br />
100
generalization r<strong>es</strong>ult but to provide more meaningful understanding <strong>of</strong> such complex<br />
SMEs internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s<strong>es</strong>.<br />
The limitation <strong>of</strong> case studi<strong>es</strong> is the study that was carried out in only two regions<br />
(Banská Bystrica and Prešov) out <strong>of</strong> eight regions <strong>of</strong> Slovakia.<br />
The study do<strong>es</strong> not consider the performance variabl<strong>es</strong> for evaluating the firm’s r<strong>es</strong>ult<br />
<strong>of</strong> firms’ operating into foreign markets. Hence this limitation could be used as future<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch. There could be inter<strong>es</strong>t to inv<strong>es</strong>tigate how the initiation <strong>of</strong> the SMEs<br />
internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s vari<strong>es</strong> according to firm’s size and type <strong>of</strong> industry.<br />
Future r<strong>es</strong>earch<br />
There are few studi<strong>es</strong> leaded in CEE countri<strong>es</strong> (Peterson, 2004). The studi<strong>es</strong> have to<br />
consider the unique, similariti<strong>es</strong> and differenc<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> each studied market. “Moving away<br />
from understanding entry mod<strong>es</strong> and firm’s market entry behaviour as expansions<br />
form one market to another, this new perspective requir<strong>es</strong> greater appreciation for the<br />
rol<strong>es</strong> played by cultural, administrative, geographic, and economic distance in<br />
international expansion and better framing <strong>of</strong> the marketer’s strategy as regional,<br />
global , or semiglobal.” (Ghemawat 2003a in Cavusgil, Deligonul and Yaprak,<br />
2005:15).<br />
The inv<strong>es</strong>tigation about the stereotype <strong>of</strong> Slovak inferiority repr<strong>es</strong>ents inter<strong>es</strong>ting area<br />
for further exploration not only in Slovak entrepreneurs but also the other from the<br />
post-communist bloc.<br />
I plan to continue in the inv<strong>es</strong>tigation and therefore I propose some concrete steps for<br />
further inv<strong>es</strong>tigation.<br />
1. Using the quantitative data to contrast the proposed model initiation <strong>of</strong> SMEs<br />
internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
2. To inv<strong>es</strong>tigate how the factors related to firm, entrepreneur and environment<br />
differ according to the three identified groups <strong>of</strong> SMEs (exporters by “accident”,<br />
the planning exporters, and intensive exporters) and non-exporters.<br />
At the same time, there is plan to expand the literature review <strong>of</strong> the findings from an<br />
entrepreneurship, more specifically the factors affecting on firm’s growth. Therefore<br />
the final literature revision will be as pr<strong>es</strong>ent in figure 5.<br />
101
Figure 5: Proposal <strong>of</strong> literature review for further inv<strong>es</strong>tigation<br />
International Entrepreneurship<br />
Entrepreneurship International Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
• Theori<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> firm’s<br />
growth<br />
• Factors affecting<br />
on firms growth<br />
• Models <strong>of</strong> firms’<br />
growth<br />
The decision to use the entrepreneurship and international busin<strong>es</strong>s as fields <strong>of</strong><br />
theoretical background for this study was influenced by two facts.<br />
First, both streams used and contrast their r<strong>es</strong>earch<strong>es</strong> in the same theori<strong>es</strong>,<br />
mainly: network theory, r<strong>es</strong>ource based view, and transaction cost theory.<br />
Different stag<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> the firm’s life as creation, development, expansion and the<br />
break-up <strong>of</strong> firms are inv<strong>es</strong>tigated mainly in entrepreneurship studi<strong>es</strong>.<br />
Second, the firm’s internationalization repr<strong>es</strong>ents a complex phenomenon <strong>of</strong> the<br />
study. Choice <strong>of</strong> foreign countri<strong>es</strong>, entry mod<strong>es</strong> selection, stimuli for<br />
internationalization, barriers <strong>of</strong> enter into foreign markets are influenced by<br />
characteristics <strong>of</strong> entrepreneur, firm, strategy, industry, environment, which are<br />
also the object <strong>of</strong> the study in entrepreneurship, international busin<strong>es</strong>s, and more<br />
recently international entrepreneurship.<br />
• Theori<strong>es</strong> and models <strong>of</strong><br />
firm’s<br />
internationalization<br />
• Factors affecting <strong>of</strong><br />
firms<br />
internationalization<br />
102
Annex 1 Institutions contacted with the aim to obtain existing database, contacts or<br />
information related to Slovak SMEs<br />
Name <strong>of</strong> institution Contact person<br />
NADSME – National Agency for<br />
Development <strong>of</strong> Small and<br />
Medium Enterpris<strong>es</strong><br />
Iveta Molnárová<br />
Martin Zbur<br />
EIC – Euro Info Centre Bratislava Michal Belan<br />
EIC Euro-info Centre Prešov –<br />
RAIC Prešov<br />
Statistical <strong>of</strong>fice Slovak Republic<br />
INFOSTAT –Institute <strong>of</strong><br />
Informatics and Statistics<br />
SPOK – Slovak Chamber <strong>of</strong><br />
Commerce and Industry Banská<br />
Bystrica regional chamber<br />
SPOK – Slovak Chamber <strong>of</strong><br />
Commerce and Industry<br />
Bratislava regional chamber<br />
SPOK – Slovak Chamber <strong>of</strong><br />
Commerce and Industry Lučenec<br />
regional chamber<br />
SPOK – Slovak Chamber <strong>of</strong><br />
Commerce and Industry<br />
Prešov regional chamber<br />
SPOK – Slovak Chamber <strong>of</strong><br />
Commerce and Industry Košice<br />
regional chamber<br />
The Office <strong>of</strong> Banská Bystrica<br />
Self – governing Region<br />
Mgr. Mária Radvanská<br />
Peter Heidinger<br />
Frantisek Szabo<br />
Ing. Katarína Šalgovicová<br />
Ing. Ľubomíra Slobodová<br />
Web page<br />
/email addr<strong>es</strong>s<br />
www.nadsme.sk<br />
agency@nadsme.sk<br />
www.eic.sk<br />
eicsk672@nadsme.sk<br />
www.eic.sk<br />
eicsk673@rpicpo.sk<br />
www.statistics.sk<br />
KS.BA@statistics.sk<br />
frantisek.szabo@statistics.sk<br />
www.infostat.sk<br />
infostat@infostat.sk<br />
salgovicova@invostat.sk<br />
sopkrkbb@sopk.sk<br />
slobodova@sopk.sk<br />
Viliam Grznár sopkrbl@sopk.sk<br />
Ing. Vladimír Bystriansky sopkrklc@sopk.sk<br />
Without answer sopkrkpr@sopk.sk<br />
Without answer sopkrkke@sopk.sk<br />
Ing. Vladimír Laššák<br />
Ing. Marina Spirová,<br />
www.vucbb.sk<br />
vlassak@vucbb.sk<br />
mspirova@vucbb.sk<br />
The town Hall <strong>of</strong> Zvolen<br />
Juliana Ištóková<br />
www.zvolen.sk<br />
jistokova@zvolen.sk<br />
The nam<strong>es</strong> in green with black bold font have provided useful information.<br />
103
Annex 2 Recommendation letter from Dr. Joaquim Vergés, director <strong>of</strong> doctoral<br />
programme.<br />
104
Annex 3 The general guideline for face to face semi structured interview<br />
During the interview, focus<strong>es</strong> was put on three groups <strong>of</strong> qu<strong>es</strong>tions with related sub<br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tions:<br />
1. Qu<strong>es</strong>tions related to firm about:<br />
• The firm’s creation (when, how and why the firm was <strong>es</strong>tablished?),<br />
• The number <strong>of</strong> partners and their decision right in company,<br />
• The sector and main product <strong>of</strong> the firm,<br />
• The number <strong>of</strong> employe<strong>es</strong> in the start-up and at the pr<strong>es</strong>ent time,<br />
• The use <strong>of</strong> foreign capital,<br />
• The firm’s marketing activiti<strong>es</strong>,<br />
• The importance <strong>of</strong> d<strong>es</strong>ign and innovation for the firms’ activiti<strong>es</strong>,<br />
2. Qu<strong>es</strong>tions related to entrepreneur about:<br />
• The age and sexuality,<br />
• The education,<br />
• The foreign language skills,<br />
• The study in foreign country,<br />
• The experience in foreign country,<br />
• The role <strong>of</strong> the entrepreneurs’ family for the busin<strong>es</strong>s,<br />
3. Qu<strong>es</strong>tions related to international activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
• The initial impetus to start the international activiti<strong>es</strong>,<br />
• The firm’s entry into foreign market (how and when?),<br />
• The role <strong>of</strong> formal and informal contact for firm’s internationalization,<br />
• The firm’s searching <strong>of</strong> the foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s contacts,<br />
• The pr<strong>es</strong>ence on the national and international fairs,<br />
• The countri<strong>es</strong> in which firm start its international activiti<strong>es</strong> and why in th<strong>es</strong>e<br />
countri<strong>es</strong>?,<br />
• The barriers and problems which firm faced during the internationalization,<br />
• The expectation from the international busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>,<br />
• The help <strong>of</strong> national or regional institutions for the firm’s internationalization,<br />
• The share <strong>of</strong> the sal<strong>es</strong> in foreign activiti<strong>es</strong>,<br />
• The firm’s web-page,<br />
• The importance <strong>of</strong> internet for the firm’s activiti<strong>es</strong>,<br />
105
Annex 4 The proposal <strong>of</strong> the qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire for further study <strong>of</strong> the comparison <strong>of</strong><br />
factors (external, internal) between SMEs operating only into home market<br />
with those operating also in foreign market.<br />
The Qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire<br />
Dear entrepreneur, I am student at Universidad Autónoma de <strong>Barcelona</strong> and I would like to<br />
ask for our collaboration on pr<strong>es</strong>ent qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire. The data will be used for my final<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tigation work and the acc<strong>es</strong>s for any other person is impossible. The filling <strong>of</strong> the<br />
formulary will no take you more than 15 or 20 minut<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> your time.<br />
About entrepreneur<br />
1. How old were you, when do you start your actual busin<strong>es</strong>s? __________ years<br />
2. Please indicate your sex.<br />
a) man b) woman<br />
3. Please indicate the high level <strong>of</strong> achieved education.<br />
primary school<br />
secondary school without the leaving examination<br />
secondary school with the leaving examination<br />
university degree<br />
master degree<br />
PhD. Degree<br />
4. Do you have some economical education (course in management, marketing, busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
administration, general economy )?<br />
a) Y<strong>es</strong> b) No<br />
4a) If your previous answer is Y<strong>es</strong>, please mark in the table below, how many years <strong>of</strong><br />
experience do you have in the industry <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>es</strong>ent firm and in different industry.<br />
Entrepreneur experience In the industry<br />
Employee experience<br />
Management experience<br />
Entrepreneurial experience<br />
Different industry<br />
(specify which)<br />
5. Do you speak some foreign language?<br />
a) No b) Y<strong>es</strong> (Please indicate which one)<br />
English<br />
German<br />
Spanish<br />
French<br />
Italian<br />
Other, which: ___________<br />
6. Is this your first <strong>es</strong>tablished firm?<br />
a) Y<strong>es</strong><br />
b) No. How many firms, except this one, have you <strong>es</strong>tablished?<br />
1 firm<br />
2 firms<br />
more than 3 firms
About Firm<br />
7. Year when the company was founded___________<br />
8. How many people founded the company?<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
More than 3<br />
9. Is the company family owned a) y<strong>es</strong> b) no<br />
/if the main decisions are made by the members <strong>of</strong> one family/<br />
10. Sector <strong>of</strong> busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Food and beverage<br />
Textile and clothing<br />
Mechanical (engineering)<br />
Wood<br />
Metal<br />
Service, Please specify the area _____________<br />
Other, which?_____________<br />
Main product or service <strong>of</strong> the company: ___________<br />
11. Do you characterize your firm as growth oriented?<br />
a) y<strong>es</strong> b) no<br />
12. Number <strong>of</strong> the employe<strong>es</strong> when:<br />
the firm was <strong>es</strong>tablished<br />
1-10<br />
11-49<br />
50 - 250<br />
more than 250<br />
and in the pr<strong>es</strong>ent time<br />
1-10<br />
11-49<br />
50 - 250<br />
more than 250<br />
13. If you are willing please indicate firm’s sal<strong>es</strong> in following years.<br />
2005 ______________ SKK<br />
2003 ______________ SKK<br />
2001 ______________ SKK<br />
1995 ______________ SKK<br />
1990 ______________ SKK<br />
14. Has your firm some foreign capital?<br />
a) Y<strong>es</strong><br />
From which country? ________________________ (Please indicate all countri<strong>es</strong>.)<br />
In which form? (Please in case <strong>of</strong> more countri<strong>es</strong> indicate in each form country’s origin)<br />
Financial<br />
Tangible (for instance: machinery,)<br />
Intangible (for instance: know how)<br />
Personal<br />
Different, which one? _________________<br />
b) No<br />
107
15. Do you think that the foreign firms in compare to Slovak firms:<br />
• <strong>of</strong>fer more qualitative product or servic<strong>es</strong> a) Y<strong>es</strong> b) No<br />
• use a better technology a) Y<strong>es</strong> b) No<br />
• are more developed a) Y<strong>es</strong> b) No<br />
• have a more skilled employe<strong>es</strong> a) Y<strong>es</strong> b) No<br />
16. Has your firm any foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>?<br />
a) Y<strong>es</strong> b) No<br />
If your answer to previous qu<strong>es</strong>tion was NO, please answer the last two qu<strong>es</strong>tions <strong>of</strong> the<br />
qu<strong>es</strong>tionnaire:<br />
7a). Do you plan in near future initiate the cross boarder busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>?<br />
a) Y<strong>es</strong> probably when? _________________year and month<br />
b) No<br />
7b) What do you consider as the main obstacle to start foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong>?<br />
If your answer to fourteenth qu<strong>es</strong>tion was YES, please continue with the qu<strong>es</strong>tions about<br />
“Foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>”.<br />
Foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong><br />
17. Please can you d<strong>es</strong>cribe the first impetus which leads to the initiation <strong>of</strong> the foreign<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong>?<br />
18. Please can you evaluate the situation <strong>of</strong> your competition in home and foreign market<br />
when your firm was created:<br />
a) in the home market is strong, low, increasing,<br />
stable, there is no competition<br />
b) in the foreign market is strong, low, increasing,<br />
stable, there is no competition<br />
19. Please can you evaluated the situation <strong>of</strong> the your competition in home and foreign market<br />
in pr<strong>es</strong>ent time:<br />
a) in the home market is strong, low, increasing,<br />
stable, there is no competition<br />
b) in the foreign market is strong, low, increasing,<br />
stable, there is no competition<br />
108
20. Please <strong>es</strong>timate how the following statements were important for the firm’s<br />
internationalization.<br />
extremely unimportant<br />
important<br />
a. Friends (Do they help to the decision <strong>of</strong> firm’s<br />
internationalization) 1 2 3 4 5<br />
b. Governmental institutions or programs<br />
(local, regional and state level included) 1 2 3 4 5<br />
c. D<strong>es</strong>ire <strong>of</strong> entrepreneur to start<br />
foreign activiti<strong>es</strong> 1 2 3 4 5<br />
d. Family members 1 2 3 4 5<br />
e. Competitors (they serve as a model for firm’s<br />
internationalization) 1 2 3 4 5<br />
f. Needs for firms survival 1 2 3 4 5<br />
g. Firms allocated near to your firms 1 2 3 4 5<br />
h. Previous foreign busin<strong>es</strong>s contact 1 2 3 4 5<br />
i. D<strong>es</strong>ire for further growth <strong>of</strong> company 1 2 3 4 5<br />
21. Did you use some support from governmental institutions? Please choose the form and<br />
institutions.<br />
Consultancy NADSME<br />
Financial RPIC<br />
others, please specify ______________ BIC<br />
SARIO<br />
others, please specify ___________<br />
If you not /use any from above mentioned support/ why?<br />
___________________________________________________________________________<br />
_____________________________________________________________________<br />
22. In which foreign countri<strong>es</strong> have your firm busin<strong>es</strong>s activiti<strong>es</strong> and when did you start them?<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
Country ____________Year _______<br />
23. Please mark in the table below, which operation mod<strong>es</strong> are used in which <strong>of</strong> the foreign<br />
market was your firm is pr<strong>es</strong>ent.<br />
Operation mode Country<br />
____________<br />
Direct export to the end customer<br />
Foreign agent<br />
Dom<strong>es</strong>tic agent<br />
Importer / r<strong>es</strong>eller (distributor)<br />
Sal<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice<br />
Joint venture<br />
Other, which<br />
Country<br />
____________<br />
Country<br />
_____________<br />
24. Your main product or service for the foreign activiti<strong>es</strong> is: ___________<br />
________________________________________________________________________<br />
109
25. Is your firm more oriented into:<br />
home market<br />
one foreign market<br />
two and more foreign markets<br />
both, into home and foreign markets<br />
26. Please indicate the share <strong>of</strong> foreign sal<strong>es</strong> in the company’s turnover during the last three<br />
years for each foreign country.<br />
Country _________________<br />
2005 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
2003 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
2000 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
1995 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
Country _________________<br />
2005 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
2003 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
2000 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
1995 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
Country _________________<br />
2005 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
2003 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
2000 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
1995 l<strong>es</strong>s than 10% 10 – 24 % 25-49 % more than 50%<br />
Thank you very much for your time and collaboration on this project.<br />
All received data will not be misuse or abuse.<br />
Please, indicate your inter<strong>es</strong>t to obtain the r<strong>es</strong>ult <strong>of</strong> work.<br />
Y<strong>es</strong>, I would like to obtain the r<strong>es</strong>ult. My email is:______________________<br />
No, I do not have inter<strong>es</strong>t to receive the work’s r<strong>es</strong>ult.<br />
110
REFERENCES<br />
Aaby, N. E., and Slater, S. F. (1989): “Management influenc<strong>es</strong> on export performance:<br />
a review <strong>of</strong> the empirical literature 1978-88”, International Marketing Review,<br />
6 (4), p. 7-26.<br />
Acs, Z., Dana, L. P., and Jon<strong>es</strong>, M. V. (2003): “Toward New Horizons: The<br />
Internationalisation <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International<br />
Entrepreneurship, 1, p. 5-12.<br />
Agarwal, S. (1994): “Socio-cultural distance and the choice <strong>of</strong> joint ventur<strong>es</strong>: a<br />
contingency perspective”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Marketing, 2(2), p. 63-80.<br />
Agarwal, S., and Ramaswami, S. N. (1992): “Choice <strong>of</strong> foreign market entry mode:<br />
impact <strong>of</strong> ownership, location and internationalization factors”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 23(1), p.1-27.<br />
Alexandrid<strong>es</strong>, C. G. (1971): “How the major obstacl<strong>es</strong> to exporting can be overcome”,<br />
Atlantic Economic Review, May, p. 12-15.<br />
Albaum, G., Strandskov, J., Duerr, E., and Dowd L. (1994): International marketing<br />
and export management, Addison-W<strong>es</strong>ley. Wokingham.<br />
Andersen, O. (1993): “On the internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> firms: a critical analysis”,<br />
Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 24 (2), p. 209-231.<br />
Andersen, O. (1997): “Internationalization and Market Entry Mode: A Review <strong>of</strong><br />
Theori<strong>es</strong> and Conceptual Frameworks”. Management International Review,<br />
37 (2), p. 27-42.<br />
Anderson, E., and Gatignon, H. (1986): “Mod<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> Foreign Entry: A Transaction cost<br />
analysis and propositions”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 8(1),<br />
p.1-26.<br />
Andersson, S. (2004): “Internationalization in different industrial contexts”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing, 19, p. 851-875.<br />
Autio, E. Sapienza, H., and Almeida, J. (2000): “Effect <strong>of</strong> age at entry, knowledge<br />
intensity, and imitability on international growth”, Academy <strong>of</strong> Management<br />
Journal, 43(5), p. 909-924.<br />
Barney, J. (1991): “Firm r<strong>es</strong>ourc<strong>es</strong> and sustained competitive advantage”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Management, 17(1), p. 99–120.<br />
Bell, J., McNaughton, R., Young, S., and Crick, D. 2003: “Towards an Integrative<br />
Model <strong>of</strong> Small Firm Internationalisation”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International<br />
Entrepreneurship, 1(4), p. 339-362.<br />
Bell, J., Crick, D. and Young, S. (2004), “Small Firm Internationalisation and Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Strategy: An Exploratory Study <strong>of</strong> 'Knowledge-intensive' and 'Traditional'<br />
Manufacturing Firms in the UK”, International Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Journal, 22 (1),<br />
p 23-56.<br />
111
Birch, D., (1981): “Who Creat<strong>es</strong> Jobs?”, The Public Inter<strong>es</strong>t, 65, p. 3-14.<br />
Bilkey, W. J. (1978): “An attempted integration <strong>of</strong> the literature <strong>of</strong> the literature on the<br />
export behavior <strong>of</strong> firms”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 9(1). p.<br />
33-46.<br />
Bilkey, W. J. and T<strong>es</strong>ar, G. (1977): “The export behaviour <strong>of</strong> smaller-sized Wisconsin<br />
manufacturing firms”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 8,<br />
Spring/Summer, p. 93-98.<br />
Birley, S., (1986): “The Role <strong>of</strong> New Firms: Births, Deaths and Job Generation”,<br />
Strategic Management Journal, 7, p. 361-376.<br />
Blackburn, R., and Stok<strong>es</strong>, D. (2000): “Breaking down the barriers: Using focus groups<br />
to r<strong>es</strong>earch small and medium enterprise”, International Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Journal, 19(1), p. 44-67.<br />
Bohatá, M., and Mládek, J. (1999): “The development <strong>of</strong> Czech SME sector”, Journal<br />
<strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing, 14, p. 461–473.<br />
Bradley, F. (1995): International Marketing Strategy, Englewood Cliffs, Prentice-Hall.<br />
Brouthers, K. D., and Brouthers, L. E. (2001): “Explaining the national cultural distance<br />
paradox”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 32(1), p.177-189.<br />
Brouthers, K. D. (2002): “Institutional, Cultural and Transaction cost influenc<strong>es</strong> on<br />
entry mode choice and performance”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Studi<strong>es</strong>, 33(2), p. 203-221.<br />
Bryson, P. J., and Cornia, G. C. (2000): “Fiscal decentralization in economic<br />
transformation: The Czech and Slovak cas<strong>es</strong>”, Europe- Asia Studi<strong>es</strong>, Vol. 52<br />
(3), p. 507-522.<br />
Buckley, P.J., and Casson, M. (1976): The Future <strong>of</strong> the Multinational enterprise,<br />
London, MacMillan.<br />
Buckley, P. J. (1989): “Foreign Direct Inv<strong>es</strong>tment by small and medium-sized<br />
enterpris<strong>es</strong>: The theoretical background”, Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Economics, 1(1), p.<br />
89-100.<br />
Burton, F. N., and Schlegelmilch, B. B. (1987): “Pr<strong>of</strong>ile analysis <strong>of</strong> non-exporters<br />
versus exporters grouped by export involvement”, Management International<br />
Review, 27(1), p. 38-49.<br />
Capek, A. and Gerald, S. W. (1993): “Czech and Slovak economic relations”, Europe-<br />
Asia Studi<strong>es</strong>, 45 (2), p. 211-236.<br />
Cav<strong>es</strong>, R.E. (1982): Multinational enterprise and Economic Analysis, Cambridge, MA:<br />
Cambridge <strong>University</strong> pr<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
Cavusgil, S. T. (1984): “Organizational characteristics associated with export<br />
activiti<strong>es</strong>”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Management Studi<strong>es</strong>, 21(1), p.3-22.<br />
112
Cavusgil, S. T., and Naor, J. (1987): “Firm and management characteristics as<br />
discriminators o export marketing activity”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s<strong>es</strong> R<strong>es</strong>earch,<br />
15, p. 221-235.<br />
Cavusgil, S.T. (1984): “Differenc<strong>es</strong> among exporting firms based on their degree <strong>of</strong><br />
internationalisation”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s R<strong>es</strong>earch, 12 (2), p. 195-208.<br />
Cavusgil S. T., Deligonul, S., and Yaprak, A. (2005): “International Marketing as a<br />
Field <strong>of</strong> Study: Critical Ass<strong>es</strong>sment <strong>of</strong> Earlier Development and a Look<br />
Forward”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Marketing, 13(4), p.1-27.<br />
Carson, D., and Coviello N. (1996): “Qualitative r<strong>es</strong>earch issu<strong>es</strong> at the<br />
marketing/entrepreneurship interface”, Marketing Intelligence and Planning,<br />
14(6), p. 51-58.<br />
Chetty, S. (1996): “The case study method for r<strong>es</strong>earch in Small-and Medium-sized<br />
firms”, International Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Journal, 15 (1), p. 73-85.<br />
Chetty, S. (1999): “Dimensions <strong>of</strong> internationalisation <strong>of</strong> manufacturing firms in the<br />
apparel industry”, European Journal <strong>of</strong> Marketing, 33(1/2), p.121-142.<br />
Chetty, S., and Blankenburg, H. D. (2000): “Internationalisation <strong>of</strong> Small to Mediumsized<br />
manufacturing firms: A network approach”, International Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Review, 9, p. 77-93.<br />
Chetty, S., and Hunt, C. C. (2003): “Paths to internationalisation among small- to<br />
medium-sized firms A global versus regional approach”, European Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Marketing, 37(5/6), p. 796-820.<br />
Covin, J. G, and Slevin, D. P. (1991): “A conceptual model <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship as firm<br />
behaviour”, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 16, p. 7-24.<br />
Coviello, N. E., and Munro, H. (1997): “Network relationships and the<br />
internationalisation proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> small s<strong>of</strong>tware firms”, International Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Review, 6(4), p. 361-86.<br />
Coviello, N. E. and McAuley, A. (1999): “Internationalization and smaller firm: review<br />
<strong>of</strong> contemporary empirical r<strong>es</strong>earch”, Management International Review,<br />
39(3), p. 223-256.<br />
Coviello, N. E., and Jon<strong>es</strong>, M. V. (2004): “Methodological Issu<strong>es</strong> in international<br />
entrepreneurship r<strong>es</strong>earch”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing, 19, p. 485-508.<br />
Cooper, A. C. (1993): “Challeng<strong>es</strong> in predicting new firm performance”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing, 8(3), p. 241-253.<br />
Crick, D. and Jon<strong>es</strong>, M. (2000): “Small high-technology firms and international hightechnology<br />
markets”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Marketing, 8(2), p.63-85.<br />
Crick, D. and Spence, M. (2005): “The internationalization <strong>of</strong> “high performing” UK<br />
high-tech SMEs: a study <strong>of</strong> planned and unplanned strategi<strong>es</strong>”, International<br />
Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 14, p. 167-185.<br />
113
Czinkota, M.R. and Ricks, D.A. (1983): “The use <strong>of</strong> a multimeasurement approach in<br />
the determination <strong>of</strong> company export prioriti<strong>es</strong>”, Journal <strong>of</strong> the Academy <strong>of</strong><br />
Marketing Science, 11(3), p. 283-91.<br />
Czinkota, M.R. and Ronkainen, I.A. (2001): International Marketing, Harcourt college<br />
Publishers, sixth edition.<br />
Dana, L.-P., Etemad, H., and Wright, R. (1999): “The impact <strong>of</strong> globalisation on<br />
SMEs”, Global Focus, 11(4), p.93–105.<br />
Davidsson. P. (1989): Continued Entrepreneurship and Small Firm Growth, EFI,<br />
Stockholm. Doctoral Dissertation.<br />
Delios, A., and Beamish, P. W. (1999): “Ownership strategy <strong>of</strong> Japan<strong>es</strong>e firms:<br />
Transactional, Institutional, and experience influenc<strong>es</strong>”, Strategic<br />
Management Journal, 20. p. 915-933.<br />
D<strong>es</strong>ai, P. (1997): Introduction in: P. D<strong>es</strong>ai, ed.: Gong Global: Transition from Plan to<br />
Market in the World Economy, Cambridge, MA: MIT Pr<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
Dimitratos, P., and Plakoyiannaki, E. (2003): “Theoretical Foundations <strong>of</strong> an<br />
International Entrepreneurial Culture”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International<br />
Entrepreneurship, 1, p.187-215<br />
Dunning, J. H. (1979): “Explaining changing patterns <strong>of</strong> international production:<br />
Defence <strong>of</strong> the Eclectic Theory”, Oxford Bulletin <strong>of</strong> Economics and Statistics,<br />
41(4), p. 269-295.<br />
Dunning, J. H. (1980): “Towards an Eclectic Theory <strong>of</strong> international production: Some<br />
empirical t<strong>es</strong>ts”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 11(1), p.9-31.<br />
Dunning, J. H. (1988): “The eclectic paradigm <strong>of</strong> international production: A<br />
r<strong>es</strong>tatement and some possible extensions”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Studi<strong>es</strong>, 19(1), p.1-31.<br />
Dunning, J. H. (1995): “Reappraising the eclectic paradigm in an age <strong>of</strong> alliance<br />
capitalism” Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 26(3), p.461-491.<br />
Eisenhardt, K.M. (1989): "Building Theori<strong>es</strong> from Case Study R<strong>es</strong>earch", Academy <strong>of</strong><br />
Management Review, 14(4) p, 532-550.<br />
Ellis, P. (2000): “Social ti<strong>es</strong> and foreign market entry”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International<br />
Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 31(3), p.443-469.<br />
Erramilli, M.K. (1991): “The experience factor in foreign market entry behaviour <strong>of</strong><br />
service firms”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 22, p.470-501.<br />
Eramilli, M.K., and Rao, C.P. (1993): “International Entry Mode choice: a modified<br />
transaction-cost analysis approach”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Marketing, 57, p.19-38.<br />
Ettinger, J. C. (1983): “Some Belgian evidence on entrepreneurial personality”,<br />
European Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Journal, 1(2), p. 48-56.<br />
114
Fahy, J., Holley, G., Cox. T., Beracs, J., Fonfara, K., and Snoj. B. (2000): “The<br />
development and impact <strong>of</strong> the marketing capabiliti<strong>es</strong>, in Central Europe”,<br />
Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 31 (1), p. 63-81.<br />
Fahy, J., (2002): “A r<strong>es</strong>ource-based analysis <strong>of</strong> sustainable competitive advantage in<br />
global environment”, International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 11, p.57-78.<br />
Fischer, S. and Sahay, R. (2000): The Transition Economi<strong>es</strong> after Ten years, NBER<br />
Working Paper, #7664.<br />
Fletcher, R. (2001): “A holistic approach to internationalization”, International Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Review, 10, p. 25-49.<br />
Fletcher, D. (2004): “International entrepreneurship and the small busin<strong>es</strong>s”,<br />
Entrepreneurship and Regional Development, 16, p. 289-305.<br />
Fogel, G. and Zapalska A. (2001): “A comparison <strong>of</strong> small and medium-size enterprise<br />
development in Central and Eastern Europe”, Comparative Economic<br />
Studi<strong>es</strong>, XLIII (3), p. 35-68.<br />
Fogel, G. (2001): “An analysis <strong>of</strong> Entrepreneurial Environment and Enterprise<br />
Development in Hungary”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Management, 39 (1), p.<br />
103-109.<br />
Ford, I.D., and Leonidou, L.C. (1991): “R<strong>es</strong>earch development in international<br />
marketing: a European perspective in Paliwoda, S.J. (Ed.). New perspective<br />
on International Marketing, Routledge, London, p.3-32.<br />
Friederike Welter 2006, 3rd EDP conference 6.-7. April 2006, speech, UAB <strong>Barcelona</strong><br />
Gaba, V., Pan, Y., and Ungson, G. R. (2002): “Timing <strong>of</strong> entry in international market:<br />
An empirical study <strong>of</strong> U.S. Fortune 500 firms in China”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 33(1), p.39-55.<br />
Gartner, W.B. (1985): “A conceptual framework for d<strong>es</strong>cribing the phenomenon <strong>of</strong> new<br />
venture creation”, Academy <strong>of</strong> Management Review, 10(4), 696-706.<br />
Gartner W.B. (2001): “Is there an elephant in entrepreneurship? Blind assumption is<br />
theory development”, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 25 (4), p. 27-39.<br />
Gartner W.B. and Birley S. (2002): “Introduction to the special issue on qualitative<br />
methods in entrepreneurship r<strong>es</strong>earch”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing, 17.<br />
p.387-395.<br />
Gerhard, P., Anderson, R. E., Cla<strong>es</strong>sens, S., and Djankov, S. (1997): “Privatization<br />
and R<strong>es</strong>tructuring in Central and Eastern Europe”, Technical paper, no. 368,<br />
World Bank.<br />
Giamartino, G. A., McDougall, P. P., and Bird, B.J., (1993): “International<br />
entrepreneurship: The state <strong>of</strong> the field”, Entrepreneurship Theory and<br />
Practice, 18. p.37-42.<br />
Gibb A. (1993): “Small busin<strong>es</strong>s Development in Central and Eastern Europe –<br />
Opportunity for a Rethink?”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing, 8, p. 461-486.<br />
115
Gibb, A. A. (2000): “SME policy, academic r<strong>es</strong>earch and growth <strong>of</strong> Ignorance: Mythical<br />
concepts, myths assumptions, rituals and confusions”, International Small<br />
Busin<strong>es</strong>s Journal, 18(3), p. 13-35.<br />
Global Entrepreneurial Monitor, 2003, “GEM 2003 Global Report”<br />
Grodeland, A. B., Koshechkina, T. Y., and Miller, W. L. (1998): “Foolish to give and yet<br />
more foolish not to take'--in-depth interviews with post-Communist”, Europe-<br />
Asia Studi<strong>es</strong>, Jun 98, 50 (4), p. 651-678.<br />
Groshek. G. (1999): “Bilateral Clearing and the separation <strong>of</strong> Czechoslovakia: An<br />
obviously hopel<strong>es</strong>s proceeding?”, Comparative Economic Studi<strong>es</strong>, XLI , n. 2-<br />
3, p. 46-60.<br />
Grayson, L. E., and Bodily, S. E. (1998): “Integrating enterpris<strong>es</strong> into the world<br />
economy: compani<strong>es</strong> in transition in the Czech and Slovak Republics and<br />
Hungary”, European Busin<strong>es</strong>s Journal, p. 130-140.<br />
Gu<strong>es</strong>t Editorial (2005): “Future directions for international entrepreneurship r<strong>es</strong>earch”,<br />
International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 14, p. 119-128.<br />
Hamill, J. (1997): “The Internet and international marketing” International Marketing<br />
Review, vol. 14 (5), p. 300-323.<br />
Hilde, P. S. (1999): “Slovak Nationalism and the Break-up <strong>of</strong> Czechoslovakia”,<br />
Europe-Asia studi<strong>es</strong>, Vol 51, 4, p. 647-665.<br />
Hisrich, R. D., and Peters, M. P. (1998): Entrepreneurship, 4th edition, Boston:<br />
Irwin/McGraw-Hill.<br />
Hoang, H and Antoncic, B., (2003): “Network-Based R<strong>es</strong>earch in Entrepreneurship: A<br />
Critical. Review”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing, 18, p. 165-187.<br />
Howard E. A, and Zimmer, C. (1986): "Entrepreneurship Through Social Networks"<br />
Pp. 3-23 in Donald Sexton and Raymond Smilor (eds.), The Art and Science<br />
<strong>of</strong> Entrepreneurship. New York: Ballinger.<br />
Horvath, J. (2004): “Entrepreneurship and small and medium enterpris<strong>es</strong>: Experience<br />
<strong>of</strong> Slovakia”, working paper pr<strong>es</strong>ented in Expert Meeting on Good<br />
Governance for SMEs on 1-2 April 2004, Geneva.<br />
Hymer, S. H. (1976): A study <strong>of</strong> direct foreign inv<strong>es</strong>tment, MIT Pr<strong>es</strong>s: Cambridge, MA.<br />
Ivy, R. L. (1996): “Small scale entrepreneurs and private sector development in the<br />
Slovak Republic”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Management, 34(4), p.77-83.<br />
Ivy, R. L. (1997): “Entrepreneurial strategi<strong>es</strong> and problem in post-Communist Europe:<br />
A Survey <strong>of</strong> SMEs in Slovakia”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Management, 35<br />
(3), p. 93-97.<br />
Jennings, P. L., Perren, L, and Carter, S. (2005): “Alterative Perspectiv<strong>es</strong> on<br />
Entrepreneurship r<strong>es</strong>earch”, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, March,<br />
p.145-152.<br />
116
Johanson, J. and Wiedersheim, F.P. (1975): “The internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the<br />
firm – Four Swedish cas<strong>es</strong>.” Journal <strong>of</strong> Management Studi<strong>es</strong>, 12(3), p. 305-<br />
322.<br />
Johanson, J., and Mattsson, L. (1988): Internationalization in industrial systems — a<br />
network approach. . In N. Hood & J. Vahlne (eds). Strategi<strong>es</strong> in Global<br />
Competition. London: Croom Helm, pp287-314.<br />
Johanson, J., and Vahlne, J-E. (1977): “The internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the firm –<br />
A model <strong>of</strong> knowledge development and increasing foreign market<br />
commitments”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 8 (1), p. 23-32.<br />
Johanson, J., and Vahlne J-E. (1990): “The mechanism <strong>of</strong> internationalization”,<br />
International Marketing Review, 7 (4), p. 11-24.<br />
Johanson, J., and Vahlne J-E. (1992): “Management <strong>of</strong> Foreign Market Entry”<br />
Scandinavian International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 1(3), p. 9-27.<br />
Johnston, W.J., and Czinkota, M.R. (1982), “Managerial motivations as determinants<br />
<strong>of</strong> industrial export behaviour”, in Czinkota, M.R. and T<strong>es</strong>ar, G. (Eds), Export<br />
Management: An International Context, Praeger Publishers, New York, NY,<br />
pp. 3-17.<br />
Johnson, S., McMillan, J., and Woodruff, C. (2000): “Entrepreneurs and the ordering<br />
<strong>of</strong> institutional reform Poland, Slovakia, Romania, Russia and Ukraine<br />
compared”, Economics <strong>of</strong> Transition, 8 (1), p. 1-36.<br />
Jon<strong>es</strong> M. V. and Coviello. N. E. (2005): “Internationalisation: conceptualizing an<br />
entrepreneurial proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> behavior in time”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Studi<strong>es</strong>, 36, p. 284-303.<br />
Jovanovic, B. (2001): “New technologi<strong>es</strong> and the small firm”, Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Economics, 16(1).<br />
Kalantaridis, C. (2004): “Internationalization, strategic behaviour, and the small firm: A<br />
comparative inv<strong>es</strong>tigation”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Management,<br />
42(3), p.245-262.<br />
Katsikeas, C. S., and Piercy, N. F. (1993): “Long-term export stimuli and firm<br />
characteristics in European LDC”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Marketing, 1(3), p.<br />
23-47.<br />
Katsikeas, C.S., Bell, J., and Morgan, R.E. (1998): “Editorial: Advanc<strong>es</strong> in export<br />
marketing theory and practice”, International Marketing Review, 15(5), p.322-<br />
332.<br />
Katsikeas, C. (1996): “Ongoing export motivation: differenc<strong>es</strong> between regular and<br />
sporadic exporters”, International Marketing Review, 13(2), p.4-19.<br />
Kedia, B.L. and Chhokar, J. (1986): “Factors inhibiting export performance <strong>of</strong> firms: An<br />
empirical inv<strong>es</strong>tigation”, Management International Review, 26(4), p.33-43.<br />
Knight, G. and Cavusgil, S. T. (1996): “The born global firm: a challenge to traditional<br />
internationalization theory”, Advanc<strong>es</strong> in International Marketing, JAI Pr<strong>es</strong>s,<br />
11-26.<br />
117
Knight, G., and Cavusgil, S. T. (2004): “Innovation, organizational capabiliti<strong>es</strong>, and the<br />
born-global firm”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 35, p.124-141.<br />
Kumar, V., and Subramaniam, V. (1997): “A Contingency Framework for the Mode <strong>of</strong><br />
Entry Decision”, Journal <strong>of</strong> World Busin<strong>es</strong>s, 32(1). p. 55-72.<br />
Lawrence, P. K. (2001): “The Basic Featur<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> postcommunist capitalism in Eastern<br />
Europe: Firms in Hungary, the Czech Republic and Slovakia W<strong>es</strong>tport”. CT:<br />
Praeger.<br />
Lee, W., and Brasch, J. J. (1978): “The adoption <strong>of</strong> export as an innovative strategy”,<br />
Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 9, Spring/Summer, p. 85-93.<br />
Leonidou, L. C. (1995a): “Export barriers: non-exporters’ perceptions”, International<br />
Marketing Review, 12 (1). p. 4-25.<br />
Leonidou, L. C. (1995b): “Export stimulation r<strong>es</strong>earch: review, evaluation and<br />
integration”, International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 4(2), p.133-156.<br />
Leonidou, L. C., and Katsikeas C. S. (1996): “The Export development proc<strong>es</strong>s: An<br />
integrative review <strong>of</strong> empirical models”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Studi<strong>es</strong>, 27, p. 517-551.<br />
Leonidou, L. C. (1988): “Export initiation by indigenous manufacturers in a small<br />
developing country”, Spoudai, 38 (1/2), p. 63-78.<br />
Leonidou, L. C. (1998): “Factors stimulating export busin<strong>es</strong>s: An empirical<br />
inv<strong>es</strong>tigation”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Applied Busin<strong>es</strong>s R<strong>es</strong>earch, Spring, 14(2), p. 43-68.<br />
Lieberman, I. W., Ewing, A., Mejstrik. M., Mukherjee. J., and Fidler, P. (1995): “Mass<br />
Privatization in Central and Eastern Europe and the Former Soviet Union A<br />
Comparative Analysis. 11. Seri<strong>es</strong>”, Studi<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> Economi<strong>es</strong> in Transformation<br />
Paper no. 16, World Bank.<br />
Li<strong>es</strong>ch, P. W., and G. A. Knight (1999): “Information Internalization and Hurdle Rat<strong>es</strong><br />
in SME Internationalization”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 30 (1),<br />
p. 383-394.<br />
Low, M. B., and McMillan (1988): “Entrepreneurship: Past r<strong>es</strong>earch and future<br />
challeng<strong>es</strong>”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Management, 14(2), p. 139-61.<br />
Lu, S. W., and Beamish, P. W. (2001): “The Internationalization and Performance <strong>of</strong><br />
SMEs”, Strategic Management Journal, 22, p. 565-586.<br />
Madhok, A. (1997): “Cost, Value and foreign market entry mode: the transaction and<br />
the firm”, Strategic Management Journal, 18, p.39-61.<br />
Manolova T. S., Brush C. G., Edelman, L. F., and Greene P. G. (2002):<br />
“Internationalization <strong>of</strong> Small Firms Personal Factors Revisited”, International<br />
Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Journal, 20(1). p. 9-30.<br />
Marková, V. (2003): Malé a stredné podnikanie v Slovenskej Republike, Banská<br />
Bystrica: Bratia Sabovci, 2003, 164 pag<strong>es</strong>. ISBN 80-8055-816-7.<br />
118
McDougall, P. P. (1989): “International versus dom<strong>es</strong>tic entrepreneurship: new<br />
venture strategic behaviour and industry structure”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Venturing, 4, p.387-400.<br />
McDougall, P. P., Shane, S. and Oviatt, B. M. (1994): ”Explaining the Formation <strong>of</strong><br />
Internationalization New Ventur<strong>es</strong>: The Limits <strong>of</strong> Theori<strong>es</strong> from International<br />
Busin<strong>es</strong>s R<strong>es</strong>earch”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing, 9(6), p. 469-487.<br />
McDougall, P. P., and Oviatt, B. M. (1996): “New venture internationalization, strategic<br />
change, and performance: a follow-up Study”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing,<br />
11(1), p. 34-40.<br />
McDougall, P. P., and Oviatt, B. M. (1997): “International entrepreneurship literature in<br />
the 1990s and directions for future r<strong>es</strong>earch”. In D. L. Sexton and R.W. Smilor<br />
(Eds.) Entrepreneurship 2000: 291-320 Chicago: Upstart Publishing.<br />
McDougall, P. P., and Oviatt, B. M. (2000): “International entrepreneurship: the<br />
intersection <strong>of</strong> two r<strong>es</strong>earch paths”, Academy <strong>of</strong> Management Journal, 43(5),<br />
p. 902-906.<br />
McMillan, C. H. (1993): “The role <strong>of</strong> Foreign Direct Inv<strong>es</strong>tment in the Transition from<br />
Planned to Market Economi<strong>es</strong>”, Transnational Corporations, 2, p. 97-119.<br />
Melin, L. (1992): “Internationalisation as a strategy proc<strong>es</strong>s”, Strategic Management<br />
Journal, 13, p. 99-118.<br />
Merrile<strong>es</strong>, B., Miller, D., and Ti<strong>es</strong>sen, J. (1998): “Serendipity, leverage and the<br />
proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurial internationalisation”, Small Enterprise R<strong>es</strong>earch,<br />
6(2), p. 3–11.<br />
Meyer, K. E. (2000): “International production networks and enterprise transformation<br />
in Central Europe”, Comparative Economic Studi<strong>es</strong>, XLII, p. 135-150.<br />
Meyer, K., Tind, A., and Jacobsen, M. K. (2000): “National Internationalization<br />
Proc<strong>es</strong>s<strong>es</strong>: SME on the way to Eastern Europe”. CEES, Working Paper No.<br />
37.<br />
Meyer, K.E. (2001): “Institutions, Transaction Cost, and Entry Mode Choice in Eastern<br />
Europe”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 32 (2), p. 357-367.<br />
Meyer, K. and Skak, A. (2002): “Networks, Serendipity and SME entry into Eastern<br />
Europe”, European Management Journal, 20 (2), p. 179-188.<br />
Mi<strong>es</strong>enbock, K. J. (1988): “Small busin<strong>es</strong>s<strong>es</strong> and exporting: a literature review”,<br />
International Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Journal, 6 (2). p. 42-61.<br />
Morgan G. (1980): “Paradigms, Metaphors and Puzzle Solving in Organization<br />
Theory”, Administrative Science Quarterly, p. 605-622.<br />
Morgan, R. E. (1997): “Export stimuli and export barriers: evidence from empirical<br />
r<strong>es</strong>earch studi<strong>es</strong>”, European Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 2. p. 68–79.<br />
Morgan R, E., and C. S. Katsikeas (1997): “Export Stimuli: Export Intention Compared<br />
with Export Activity”, International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 6(5), p. 477-499.<br />
119
Mygind, N. (2000): “Ten years <strong>of</strong> transition from plan to market”, Working Paper, no.<br />
38, CEES.<br />
NADSME (2002): “Proposal for State Middle-Term SME Support Policy in Slovak<br />
Republic Till 2005” Bratislava July 2002<br />
NADSME (2003): “Konkurenci<strong>es</strong>chopnosť malých a stredných podnikov” –<br />
Competence ability <strong>of</strong> small and medium enterprise” Bratislava 1-38. p.1-44.<br />
NADSME (2004a): “Pri<strong>es</strong>kum potenciálu podnikateľskej activity” – “Survey about<br />
Busin<strong>es</strong>s potential activity” “Bratislava 1-72.<br />
NADSME (2004b): “State <strong>of</strong> Small and medium enterpris<strong>es</strong> in Slovak Republic” 1-88.<br />
NADSME (2004a): “State <strong>of</strong> Small and Medium Enterpris<strong>es</strong> in Slovak Republic.”<br />
Bratislava, p 1-92.<br />
NADSME (2004b): “Pri<strong>es</strong>kum potenciálu podnikateľskej activity” – Survey about<br />
Busin<strong>es</strong>s potential activity. Bratislava 1-72.<br />
NADSME (2005a): “State <strong>of</strong> Small and Medium Enterpris<strong>es</strong> in Slovak Republic.”<br />
Bratislava, p 1-96.<br />
NADSME (2005b): “Hodnotenie podnikateľského prostredia a dopadu vstupu<br />
Slovenska do Európskej Únie malými a strednými podnikmi”. Bratislava p. 1-<br />
45.<br />
NADSME (2005c): “Pripravenosť malých a stredných podnikov na nebankové formy<br />
financovania”, Bratislava p.1-62.<br />
NADSME (2006): “State <strong>of</strong> Small and Medium Enterpris<strong>es</strong> in Slovak Republic.”<br />
Bratislava, p 1-108.<br />
Mil<strong>es</strong>, M., and Huberman, A. (1994): An Expanded Sourcebook, Qualitative Data<br />
Analysis, Beverly Hills, CA: Sage.<br />
Nakos, G., and Brouthers, K. D. (2002): “Entry mode choice <strong>of</strong> SMEs in Central and<br />
Eastern Europe”, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, p.47-63.<br />
North, D. C. (1990): Institutions, institutional change and economic performance.<br />
Cambridge, MA: Harvard <strong>University</strong> Pr<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
OECD (1997) Globalisation and Small and Medium Enterpris<strong>es</strong>, Paris.<br />
O’Grady, S., and Lane, H. W. (1996): “The psychic distance paradox”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 2 nd Quarter, 27, p.309-333.<br />
Oviatt, B.M., and McDougall, P.P. (1994): “Toward a theory <strong>of</strong> international new<br />
ventur<strong>es</strong>”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 25(1), p. 45-64.<br />
Oviatt, B.M., and McDougall, P.P. (1995): “Global star-ups: Entrepreneurs on a<br />
Worldwide stage”, Academy <strong>of</strong> Management Executive, 9 (2), p.30-43.<br />
Oviatt, B.M., and McDougall, P.P. (1996): ”Toward a theory <strong>of</strong> international new<br />
ventur<strong>es</strong>”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Internationalization Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 25(1), p. 45-61.<br />
120
Oviatt, B. M. and McDougall, P. P. (1997): “Challeng<strong>es</strong> for internationalization proc<strong>es</strong>s<br />
theory: The case <strong>of</strong> international new ventur<strong>es</strong>”, Management International<br />
Review, 37 (2), p.85-99.<br />
Oviatt, B. M., and McDougall, P. P. (1999): ”A framework for understanding<br />
accelerated international entrepreneurship”. In A. M. Rugman & R. W. Wright<br />
(Eds.). R<strong>es</strong>earch in global strategic management, 7, p. 23-40. Stanford. CT:<br />
JAI Pr<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
Oviatt, B. M. and McDougall, P. P. (2005a): “Toward a theory <strong>of</strong> international new<br />
ventur<strong>es</strong>”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 36, p. 29-41.<br />
Oviatt, B. M. and McDougall, P. P. (2005b): “Defining international entrepreneurship<br />
and modelling the speed <strong>of</strong> internationalization”, Entrepreneurship Theory<br />
and Practice, September, p. 537-553.<br />
Pavlínek, P (1995): “Regional Development and the Disintegration <strong>of</strong> Czechoslovakia”,<br />
Ge<strong>of</strong>orum, 26(4), p. 351-372.<br />
Penrose, E. T. (1959): The Theory <strong>of</strong> the Growth <strong>of</strong> the Firm, Basil Blackwell, London.<br />
Piercy, N. F. (1981): “Company internationalisation: active and reactive exporting”,<br />
European Journal <strong>of</strong> Marketing, 15(3), p. 24-40.<br />
Príhoda, P. (1993): “Sociálne-psychologické aspekty soužití Cechu a Slováku”, in<br />
Kipke/Vodicka (eds.): Rozloucení s C<strong>es</strong>koslovenskem. C<strong>es</strong>ký spisovatel,<br />
Praha, p. 36.<br />
Ramaswami, S.N., and Yang, Y.S. (1990): “Perceived barriers to exporting and export<br />
assistance requirements”, in Cavusgil, S.T. and Czinkota, M.R. (Eds),<br />
International Perspectiv<strong>es</strong> on Trade Promotion and Assistance, Quorum<br />
Books, New York, NY, p. 187- 206.<br />
Reid, S. D., (1981): “The decision-maker and export entry and expansion”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, Fall, p. 101-112.<br />
Rennie, M. W. (1993): “Global competitiven<strong>es</strong>s: Born-Global”, McKinsey Quarterly, 4,<br />
p. 45-52.<br />
Ricardo, D. (1817): On the Principl<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> Political Economy and Taxation.<br />
Rolfe, R. J., and Doupnik T. S. (1996): “Going East: W<strong>es</strong>tern compani<strong>es</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>t in<br />
East/Central Europe”, Multinational Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 4 (2), p. 1-13.<br />
Rialp, A. (2000): “On the determinants <strong>of</strong> export internalization: an empirical<br />
comparison between Catalan and Spanish exporting firms”, in Globalization,<br />
the Multinational Firm, and Emerging Economi<strong>es</strong> (Advanc<strong>es</strong> in International<br />
Marketing, 10), 217–246. Ed. A. Yaprak & H. Tutek. Amsterdam: JAI/Elsevier.<br />
Rialp, A., and Rialp, J. (2001): “Conceptual frameworks on SMEs’ internationalization:<br />
past, pr<strong>es</strong>ent and future trend <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>earch”, Reass<strong>es</strong>sing the<br />
Internationalization <strong>of</strong> the Firm, 11, p.49-78.<br />
Rialp, A., and Rialp, J. (2005): “Las formas actual<strong>es</strong> de penetración y d<strong>es</strong>arrollo de los<br />
mercados internacional<strong>es</strong>: caracterización, marcos conceptual<strong>es</strong> y evidencia<br />
121
empírica en el caso <strong>es</strong>pañol”. en Clav<strong>es</strong> de la Economía Mundial, 5ª ed.,<br />
Madrid: ICEI-ICEX. p: 99-108. (ISBN: 84-7811-917-5)<br />
Rialp, A., Rialp, J., and Knight, G.A. (2005a): “The Phenomenon <strong>of</strong> Early<br />
Internationalizing Firms: What Do We Know After a Decade (1993-2003) <strong>of</strong><br />
Scientific Inquiry?”, International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 14(2), p. 147-166.<br />
Rialp, A., Rialp, J., Urbano, D., and Vaillant, Y. (2005b): “The born-global<br />
phenomenon: A comparative Case study r<strong>es</strong>earch”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International<br />
Entrepreneurship, 3, p.133-171.<br />
Robertson, C. & Chetty, S. K. (2000): “A Contingency-based Approach to<br />
Understanding Export Performance”, International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 9, p.<br />
211-235.<br />
Robbins, K., Pantuosko, L., Parker, D., and, Fuller, B. (2000): “An Empirical<br />
Ass<strong>es</strong>sment <strong>of</strong> the Contribution <strong>of</strong> Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Employment to US State<br />
Economic Performance”, Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Economics, 15, p. 293-302.<br />
Rolfe, R.J., and Doupnik T.S. (1996): Going East: “W<strong>es</strong>tern compani<strong>es</strong> inv<strong>es</strong>t in<br />
East/Central Europe”, Multinational Busin<strong>es</strong>s Review, 4 (2), p. 1-13.<br />
Rugman, A. M (1979): International Diversification and the Multinational Enterprise,<br />
Lexington, MA: Lexington Books.<br />
Rugman, A. M (1981): Inside the Multinationals: The Economics <strong>of</strong> Internal Market,<br />
New York: Columbia <strong>University</strong> Pr<strong>es</strong>s.<br />
Sandberg, W. R., and H<strong>of</strong>er, C. W. (1987): “Improving new venture performance: The<br />
role <strong>of</strong> strategy, industry structure, and the entrepreneur”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s<br />
Venturing, 2(1), p. 5-28.<br />
Shane, S., and Venkataraman, S. (2000): “The promise <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship as a field<br />
<strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>earch”, Academy <strong>of</strong> Management Review, 25 (1), p. 217-226.<br />
Shaw, V., and Darroch, J. (2004): “Barriers to Internationalisation: A study <strong>of</strong><br />
entrepreneurial new ventur<strong>es</strong> in New Zealand”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International<br />
Entrepreneurship, 2, p. 327-343.<br />
Shrader, C. D., Mulford, C.L., and Blackburn, V.L. (1989): “Strategic and Operational<br />
planning, uncertainty and performance in Small firms”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Small<br />
busin<strong>es</strong>s Management, 27(4), p. 45-60.<br />
Smallbone, D., Piasecki, B., Ven<strong>es</strong>aar, U., Todorov, K., and Labrianidis, L. (1999):<br />
“Internationalization and SME development in transition economi<strong>es</strong>: An<br />
international comparison”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s and Enterprise<br />
Development, 5 (4), p. 363-375.<br />
Smallbone, D., and North, D. (1995): “Targeting <strong>es</strong>tablished SMEs: do<strong>es</strong> their age<br />
matter?”, International Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Journal, 13 (3), p. 47-64.<br />
Smith, A. (1776): The Wealth on Nations. Modern Library.<br />
Simmonds, K., and Smith, H. (1968): “The first export order: a marketing innovation”,<br />
British Journal <strong>of</strong> Marketing, 2, p. 93-100.<br />
122
Stinchcombe, A.L. (1965): “Social Structure and Organizations”, In J.G. March, ed.<br />
Handbook <strong>of</strong> Organizations. Chicago: Rand McNally and Company, p. 142-<br />
193.<br />
Steayert, C., and Hjorth. D. (2003): New Movements in Entrepreneurship, ESBRI,<br />
Edward Elgar.<br />
Storey, D. (1982): Entrepreneurship and the New Firm, Croom Helm.<br />
Storey, D. (1994): Understanding the Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Sector, London, UK: Routledge.<br />
Suárez, O,S. (2003): “Export barriers Insight from small and medium-sized firms”,<br />
International Small Busin<strong>es</strong>s Journal, 21(4), p.403-419.<br />
Sutton, R., and Staw, B. (1995): "What Theory is Not." Administrative Science<br />
Quarterly, 40, p. 371-384.<br />
Swanson, D., and Webster, L. (1992): Private Sector Manufacturing in the Czech and<br />
Slovak Republic: A Survey <strong>of</strong> firms. Washington, DC. The World Bank.<br />
Teece, D. J. (1985): “Multinational enterprise, internal governance and economic<br />
organization”, American Economic Review, 75, p. 233-238.<br />
Teichova, A. (1988): The Czechoslovak Economy 1918-1980. Routledge USA.<br />
Uhlendbruck, K., and De Castro, J (2000): “Foreign acquisitions in Central and<br />
Eastern Europe: Outcom<strong>es</strong> <strong>of</strong> privatization in transitional economi<strong>es</strong>”,<br />
Academy <strong>of</strong> Management Journal, 43, p. 381-402.<br />
Uhlenbruck, K., Meyer, K. E., and Hitt, M. A. (2003): “Organizational Transformation<br />
in Transition Economi<strong>es</strong>: R<strong>es</strong>ource-based and Organizational Learning<br />
Perspectiv<strong>es</strong>”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Management Studi<strong>es</strong>, 40(2), p. 257-282.<br />
Van de Ven, A. H. (1992): “Longitudinal methods for studying the proc<strong>es</strong>s <strong>of</strong><br />
entrepreneurship” in Sexton, D.L., and Kasarda, J.D. (Eds), The State <strong>of</strong> the<br />
Art <strong>of</strong> Entrepreneurship R<strong>es</strong>earch, PWS Kent, Boston, MA. p. 214-242.<br />
Vernon, R. (1966): “International Inv<strong>es</strong>tment and International Trade in the Product<br />
Cycle”, Quarterly Journal <strong>of</strong> Economics, 80, p. 190-207.<br />
Vernon, R. (1979): “The Product Cycle Hypoth<strong>es</strong>is in a New International<br />
Environment”, Oxford Bulletin <strong>of</strong> Economics and Statistics, 41, p. 255-267.<br />
Veciana, J.M. (1999): “Entrepreneurship as a scientific r<strong>es</strong>earch programme”, Revista<br />
Europea de Direccion y Economia de la Empr<strong>es</strong>a, 8(3), p. 11-36.<br />
Veciana, J.M. (2000): Entrepreneurship r<strong>es</strong>earch: New Trends and Old Problems In<br />
Unternehmer und Unternehmensperspektiven für Klein – und<br />
Mittelunternehmen Brauchlin, E.und Pichler, H., Duncker & Humblot – Berlin,<br />
713 -727.<br />
Wernerfelt, B. (1984): “A r<strong>es</strong>ource-based view <strong>of</strong> the firm”, Strategic Management<br />
Journal, 5, p. 171-180.<br />
123
W<strong>es</strong>thead, P., Wright, M., and Ucbasaran, D. (2001): “The internationalization <strong>of</strong> new<br />
and small firms: A r<strong>es</strong>ource-based view”, Journal <strong>of</strong> Busin<strong>es</strong>s Venturing, 16,<br />
p. 333-358.<br />
Wiedersheim-Paul, F., Olson, H. C., and Welch, L. S. (1978): “Pre-export activity: the<br />
first step in internationalisation”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 9,<br />
p. 47-58.<br />
Woodcock, P.C., Beamish, P.W., and Makino, S. (1994): “Ownership-based Entry<br />
Mode Strategi<strong>es</strong> and Internationalization Performance”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, 25(2), p. 253-273.<br />
Wiklund, J. (1998): “Small Firm Growth and Performance: Entrepreneurship and<br />
Beyond” (Th<strong>es</strong>is Doctoral), Jönköping International Busin<strong>es</strong>s School.<br />
Wright, R.W. and Ricks, D. A. (1994): “Trends in international busin<strong>es</strong>s r<strong>es</strong>earch:<br />
Twenty-five years later”, Journal <strong>of</strong> International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Studi<strong>es</strong>, p. 25: 687-<br />
701.<br />
Yeoh, P-L., and Jeong. I. (1995): “Contingency Relationship between<br />
Entrepreneurship Export Channel Structure and Environment”, European<br />
Journal <strong>of</strong> Marketing, 29(8), p. 95-115.<br />
Yin, R. K. (1989): “Case Study R<strong>es</strong>earch. D<strong>es</strong>ign, and Methods“, in Applied Social<br />
R<strong>es</strong>earch Methods Seri<strong>es</strong>, Vol. 5, Sage Publications, London.<br />
Young, S.J., Hamill, C. W., and Davi<strong>es</strong>, J.R. (1989): International Market entry<br />
development: Strategi<strong>es</strong> and management, Englewood Cliffs. NJ: Prentice<br />
Hall.<br />
Young, S., Dimitratos, P., and Dana, L. P. (2003): “International Entrepreneurship<br />
R<strong>es</strong>earch: What Scope for International Busin<strong>es</strong>s Theori<strong>es</strong>”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
International Entrepreneurship, 1, p. 31-42.<br />
Zahra S. A (1993): “A conceptual model <strong>of</strong> entrepreneurship as firm behaviour: A<br />
critique and extension”, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 14(4), p. 5-21.<br />
Zahra, S. A., and George, G. (2002): “International Entrepreneurship: The current<br />
status <strong>of</strong> the field and future r<strong>es</strong>earch agenda”, In M.A. Hitt, R.D. Ireland, S.M.<br />
Camp, and D.L. Sexton. Strategic Entrepreneurship Creating a New Mindset,<br />
Blackwell Publishers. p. 255-288.<br />
Zahra, S. A., Matherne, B. P., and Carleton, J. M. (2003): “Technological r<strong>es</strong>ource<br />
leveraging and the internationalisation <strong>of</strong> new ventur<strong>es</strong>”, Journal <strong>of</strong><br />
Internationalization Entrepreneurship, 1(2), p. 163-168.<br />
Zahra, S. A., Peggy, C., Ji, F. Y and Youngjun C. (2004): “Emerging r<strong>es</strong>earch issu<strong>es</strong><br />
in international entrepreneurship”, in L.P. Dana Handbook <strong>of</strong> r<strong>es</strong>earch on<br />
international entrepreneurship, Edward Elgar, p. 732-747.<br />
Zou, S. and Stan, S. (1998): “The determinants <strong>of</strong> export performance: a review <strong>of</strong> the<br />
empirical literature between 1987 and 1997”, International Marketing Review,<br />
15 (5), p. 333-356.<br />
124
WEB-BASED SOURCES<br />
www.gemconsortium.org<br />
www.oecd.org<br />
www.msponline.sk<br />
www.eic.-slovakia.sk<br />
www.nadsme.sk<br />
www.transparency.org<br />
www.sario.sk<br />
www.statistics.org<br />
www.economy.gov.sk<br />
www.szz.sk<br />
www.zps.sk<br />
www.europa.sk–<br />
www.europa.eu.int.<br />
www.eib.org -<br />
www.eic.-slovakia.sk<br />
www.sario.sk<br />
www.sarc.sk<br />
http://www.europag<strong>es</strong>.com<br />
125